You are on page 1of 100

®

Bit Inspection Technical


Standard
®
Standard
Standard DS-1

FIFTH EDITION | AUGUST 2020

E
M
U
L
O
V

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Standard DS-1®
Volume 5

Bit Inspection
Technical Standard
(BITS)

Fifth Edition
August 2020

-
-

i
`
,
,
,
,
`

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


,
`
,
,
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
`
`
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
`
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
,
` Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
`
,
,
`
`

Standard DS-1® Volume 5


T H H I L L A S S O C I A T E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I T A S C O M PA
PA N Y )
Bit Inspection Technical Standard
Fifth Edition
Shabib Kadri and Austin Wells, P.E.
Authors

Samit R. Gokhale and Sara Fahmi Grant Pettit


Contributing Authors Technical Contributor
Jennifer Mosher
Production Manager

Bureau Veritas wishes to acknowledge the leadership and foresight of Tom H. Hill
for conceptualizing Standard DS-1 and writing the First through Third Editions.

Bureau Veritas
Veritas extends its deep appreciation to the Fifth Edition Sponsor Companies and to the individuals
named below, whose technical input contributed signicantly to the value of the standard.

Fifth Edition Sponsor Companies


Arconic Corporation INPEX Schlumberger
Arnco Technology Trust, Ltd. Liquidmetal Coatings LLC Shanghai Hilong Drill Pipe Co., Ltd
Baker Hughes Nabors Industries Ltd. Shell International Exploration & Production
BHP National Oilwell Varco - Wellbore Technologies Southern Tool Inspection (STI)
Chevron New Tech Systems Superior Energy Services
Command Tubular Products Occidental Oil & Gas Superior Inspection Services
DP-Master Manufacturing OTTO
OTT O FUCHS Drilling Solution GmbH Tianjin Lilin Machinery Group Co., Ltd
Halliburton Postle Industries, Inc. (Durband® NC) Washita Valley Enterprises, Inc.
ICO Asiapacic Group Quail Tools Workstrings International
Repsol E&P

Reviewers and Contributors


Alessandro Bertini, Schlumberger Hector Handal, NOV Grant Prideco Murphy Luu, NOV ReedHycalog
Amol Mulunjkar, Schlumberger Howard Liu, Schlumberger Nathan Fuller, Schlumberger
Anant Saraogi, Schlumberger James Carriere, Superior Inspection Services Oswaldo Patino, Schlumberger
Andreas Choinka, OTTO FUCHS Jason Howell, NOV Grant Prideco Paco McLaughlin, Arnco
Andrei Muradov, NOV Grant Prideco Jason Kody, Shell Peter Kaufmann, OTTO FUCHS
Anthony Griffo, Schlumberger Jeremy Dugas, Quail Tools Qiao Xiaotang, Shanghai Hilong Drill Pipe
Anthony Phillips, Baker Hughes Jim Streater, NOV Downhole Raza Hussain, NOV Grant Prideco
Austin J. Wells, Arnco Joe Diliberto, Qu ail Tools Richard Grifn, NOV Grant Prideco
Bala Durairajan, Schlumberger Joe Thomas, BHP Roman Brilyov, Shell
Benjamin Chartier, Schlumberger John Chen, Schlumberger Ronnie Falgout, Quail Tools
Benjamin Latiolais, Workstrings International John K. Snyder, Halliburton Russell Moncrief, NOV Grant Prideco
Brad Millard, NOV Tuboscope John Price, NOV Grant Prideco Ryan Harper, Southern Tool Inspection
Buck Johnson, Chevron Joseph Guidry, Workstrings International Salvatore Mangione, Command Tubular Products
Charlie Domingue, Quail Tools Josh Gatell, Schlumberger Santosh Gupte, ICO Asiapacic
Dan Morgan, NOV Grant Prideco Josh Morris-Luck, INPEX Sealy Morris, Command Tubular Products
Daniel Hernandez, NOV
Daniel Seale, Downhole
Shell Josiah
Juan Shearon, Schlumberger
Veloz, Washita Valley Shabnam Meeran,Schlumberger
Simone Pallesi, Baker Hughes
David Crose, Nabors Industries Justin Bryant, New Tech Systems Sneha Deshpande, Schlumberger
David Oliver, Schlumberger Justin Chatagnier, Schlumberger Spenser Holcomb, BHP
Dexter Trahan, Schlumberger Kamela Watson, Schlumberger Stephen Chang, DP-Master
Ed Murphy, Command Tubular Products Krishnan Jagathrakshakan, Schlumberger Stephen Slavens, Baker Hughes
Emily Watson, NOV Grant Prideco Larry Jones, Arnco Steve Laughlin, NOV Downhole
Ethen “Poochie” Dupuis, Southern Tool Inspection Li ZhaoXi, Tianjin Lilin Machinery Steve Stefancic, Postle Industries
Evelina Vogli, Liquidmetal Coatings Lucien Hehn, NOV Grant Prideco Steve Steinke, Schlumberger
Francesco Zezza, Schlumberger Lv Haiying, Shanghai Hilong Drill Pipe Steven Villareal, Schlumberger
Garry Becze, Command Tubular Products Mark Anderson, Chevron Steven Xia, Schlumberger
Gary Portwood, Schlumberger Mark Chustz, NOV Downhole Stuart Barrowman, BHP
George Irsa, Schlumberger Mark Juckett, NOV Tuboscope Sukhada Shantanu Saoji, Schlumberger
Greg Jeffers, Nabors Industries Michael Boucherit, Shell Veronica Fong, DP-Master
Greg Lockwood, NOV ReedHycalog Michael Strachan, Halliburton Walt Lain, NOV Downhole
Guillaume Plessis, NOV Grant Prideco Mike Huber, Postle Industries WD Averitt, New TecTech
h Systems
Hans Navas, NOV Tuboscope Milton Grimes, BHP Willie Nieves, Repsol
Hector Alba, Schlumberger Milton Hruschak, Command Tubular Products Zhao Haibing, Shanghai Hilong Drill Pipe
Mitch Nobles, ICO Asiapacic

No endorsement of this standard or its content on the part of any reviewer or his or her company should be inferred.
Copyright ©2020. Bureau Veritas, all rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced or scanned into any computer without prior
written consent of Bureau Veritas.
For additional information contact Bureau
Bureau Veritas, 16800 Greenspoint
Greenspoint Park Drive, Ste
Ste 300S, Houston, TX 77060 USA
Phone: (281) 671-5700 Email: ds1@bureauv
ds1@bureauveritas.com
eritas.com Web: www.bv
www.bvna.com/ds1standar
na.com/ds1standards
ds

ii
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table of Contents
Page
1. Introduction
1.1 History ...............
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
............................
.............11
1.2 Bureau Veritas and  H Hill .........................................
..............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.........................1
...........1
1.3 Coverage ..............
.............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.........................1
...........1
1.4 Sponsorship ..............
.............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
.....................1
......1
1.5 Copyright Notice .............
............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
............................
.............11
1.6 Content ..............
............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
............................
.............11
1.7 Assumptions .............
............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
.....................2
......2
1.8 Limitations ...............
..............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
.....................2
......2
1.9 erms and Conditions for Use ............. ...........................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.......................2
........2
1.10 Proprietary
Proprieta ry Products .............
............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.......................2
........2
1.11 Proprietary
Proprieta ry echnology & License Agreement............... .............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.........................2
...........2
1.12 Disclaimer of Liability ...............
..............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
..................2
....2
1.13 Responsibility for Compliance............. ...........................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.......................3
........3

2. Specifying the Inspection Program


2.1 Scope and Definition ...............
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
.....................5
......5
2.2 Inspection of Equipment Using DS-1 BIS ............. ...........................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
................5
.5
2.3 Inspection Progra
Programs ms .............
............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.......................5
........5
2.4 Conducting the Inspection Program Per DS-1 BIS BIS..............
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
................5
.5
2.5 Deviating from Proce
Procedural
dural Requirements.........................................
.............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
.....................5
......5
2.6 Specifying Applicable Methods ............. ............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
.....................5
......5
2.7 Setting Acceptance Criteria ..............
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.........................6
...........6
-
-
`
2.8 Inspection Using Metric Units ..............
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
.....................6
......6
,
,
,
,
`
,
`
2.9 Essential Objectives of Inspection ..............
.............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
................6
.6
2.10 Inspection Costs ..............
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
............................
.............77
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
2.11 Limitations of the Guidelines in this Standard............... .............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.........................7
...........7
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
,
2.12 Definitions ..............
............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.......................7
........7
2.13 Fitness for Purpose .............
...........................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.........................7
...........7
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
2.14 Adjusting Acceptance Criteria .............
...........................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.......................7
........7
`
-
-

2.15 Personnel Competency ..............


Personnel .............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
..................7
....7
-

2.16 Calibration Requirements ...............


..............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
............................
.............88
2.17 Meeting Requirements of Standard DS-1 Fifth Edition, Edition, Volume 3, Category 3-5 ............. ............................
................9
.9
2.18 Te Inspection Proce
Proceduredure is Critical ..............
............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
............................
.............99
2.19 Proceduree Affects Results ...............
Procedur ..............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
............................
.............99
2.20 Frequently
Frequently Asked Questions .............
............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.......................10
.........10
2.21 References ...............
.............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.....................11
......11

3. Inspection Procedures
3.1 General Bit Inspection...............
..............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
................15
..15
3.2 Bit Body 1 Inspection ..............
............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
...................21
....21
3.3 Bit Body 2 Inspection ..............
............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
...................23
....23
3.4 Cutter 1 Inspection .............
...........................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.......................24
.........24
3.5 Cutter 2 Inspection .............
...........................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.......................26
.........26
3.6 General Reamer Cutter Inspection .............
............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
............................2
..............277
3.7 Reamer Block & Arm 1 Inspection ...............
.............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
..........................31
...........31

iii
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I A T E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I T A S C O M PA
PA N Y )

Table
Table of Contents (continued) Page

3.8 Reamer Block & Arm 2 Inspection .............


............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
...........................32
............32
3.9 Roller Cone General Bit Inspection ...............
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
.........................32
..........32
3.10 Roller Cone Bit Body Inspection...............
..............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
...............36
36
3.11 Roller Cone Cutter Inspection
Inspection..............
.............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
....................36
.....36
3.12 Visual Bit Connection Inspection .............
............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
...............37
37
3.13 Dimensional Bit Connection Inspection .............
...........................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
....................41
.....41
3.14 Blacklight Connection Inspection (MPI) ..............
.............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.................43
...43
3.15 Liquid Penetrant Inspection (LPI) ..............
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
...........................44
............44
3.16 Pressure esting of Roller Cone Bits ..............
............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
.........................46
..........46
3.17 Rotation est of Roller Cone Bits..............
.............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
...............46
46

Inspection Tables ...............


.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
....................49
.....49

Glossary ..............
............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
....................133
.....133
-

Index ...............
..............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.........................137
..........137
-
-
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
-
`
-
,
`
,
,
,

List of Tables
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
,
`
`

2.1 Recommended Inspection Program Programss for Bits..............


.............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
..............66
`
,
,
`
,

2.2 Calibration Fre


Frequency
quency...............
..............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
...................9
.....9 `
,
,
,
,
`
-

2.3 Conversion Facto


Factors
rs for Inspection .............
............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
...............12
12 -

2.4 able of Fracti


Fractions
ons ..............
............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
.........................13
..........13
3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for Matrix Bit BodyBody..............
.............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
...............50
50
3.2.3 Bit Body
Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for Steel Bit
Bit Body
Body...............
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.................65
...65
3.2.4 Bit Body
Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for Wear and Erosion
Erosion of the Bit Body...........
Body.........................
.............................
....................71
.....71
3.3.2 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for Matrix Bit BodyBody..............
.............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
...............74
74
3.3.3 Bit Body
Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for Steel Bit
Bit Body
Body...............
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.................80
...80
3.3.4 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for the Diamond Bit Body and Sleeve Interface .............. .............................
...............87
87
3.3.5 Bit Body 2 Acceptance
Acceptance Criteria for Wear of the Bit Body ..............
............................
.............................
.............................
......................88
........88
3.3.6 New and Used Roller Cone Bit Body Acceptance Criteria ...........................................
.............................
.............................
....................89
.....89
3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria .............
...........................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
....................92
.....92
3.5.3 Cutter 2 Inspection Acceptance Criteria .............
...........................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
..................103
...103
3.5.4 New and Used Roller Cone Cutting Structure Acceptance Criteria........
Criteria.......................
..............................
.........................105
..........105
3.5.5 Ground Gauge Surfaces on a Milled ooth Roller Cone ...............
.............................
.............................
.............................
....................107
......107
3.5.6 Ground Milled ooth Gauge Surface PoPorosity
rosity Acceptance Criteria...........
Criteria.........................
.............................
.......................107
........107
3.6.5 Visual Bit Connection Inspection Acceptance Criteria ...............
..............................
.............................
.............................
.......................108
........108
3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection
Connection Dimensional
Dimensional Acceptance Criteria .....................
....................................
..............................
.........................110
..........110
3.7.4.2 Bit Bevel Diameter Ranges for API REG Connections...........................................
.............................
.............................
.......................124
........124
3.7.4.3 Bending Strength Ratios for BHA Connections
Connections .............
............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
....................125
......125
3.7.4.4 Rotary Shouldered Connection
Connection Interchange ListList ..............
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
..................131
...131

List of Figures
2.1 Probability of Detecting a Fatigue Crack.............
...........................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
......................9
.......9
2.2 Crack Detection Probability for Various Levels of Proce
Procedure
dure Control ..............
.............................
.............................
.................10
...10
3.1.2.1 Bit Body Showing Locations of Blades, Cutters, and a Nozzle .......................
.....................................
.............................
....................15
.....15
3.1.2.2 Bit Body Showing Locations
Locati ons of Leadin
Leadingg Side, railing Side, and op of a Blade ..............................
...................1
.........166

iv
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

List of Figures(continued) Page

3.1.2.3 Bit Body Showing Gauge Pad, Pad, Junk Slot, Shank, and Breaker Slot ........... .....................
....................
....................
....................
..........16
16
3.1.2.4 Cutter Showing the Substrate and the Diamond able able ..............
............................
.............................
..............................
..........................16
...........16
3.1.2.5 Blade with Cutter Featuring
Featuring Non-Standard Diamond Diamond able able Geometry ...............
.............................
............................1
..............177
3.1.2.6 Blade Showing Various
Various Areas on the Blade ....................
..................................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.......................17
.........17
3.1.2.7 Gauge Pads with Nominal,
Nominal, Straigh
Straight-Reliev
t-Relieved, ed, Step, and aper Designs ......... ...................
.....................
.....................
.............17
...17
3.1.2.8 Bit Showing Wear
Wear Elements and the Bond Line .............. .............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.....................18
......18
3.1.2.9 Bit Body Showing a Backreamer ..............
............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
................18
..18
3.1.3.1 Trough-Bit Showing Various
Various Parts of the Bit ...............
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.......................19
.........19
3.1.3.2 CWD Bit Showing Various
Various Parts of the Bit ..............
............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
............................1
..............199
3.1.3.3 Diamond Bit Showing Various
Various Parts of the Bit ..............
............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.......................19
.........19
3.1.3.4 Bi-Center Bit Showing Various
Various Parts of the Bit ...............
..............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.....................19
......19
3.5.2.1 Recommended Identification for the Blades .............. ............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
............................2
..............266
3.5.2.2 Recommended Identification
Identification for the Cutters ..............
.............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
..........................27
...........27
3.6.3.1 Reamer Cutter Block .................
................................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
................29
..29
3.6.4.1 Rendering of Hinge-
Hinge-ype Reamer PDC Cutter Block ..........................
.........................................
.............................
............................3
..............300
3.6.4.2 Roller Cone Reamer Arm & Hole Opener Arms with Milled ooth and CI Cutting Structures ....30
3.9.2.1 Cross-Sectional Drawing of of Elements of Roller Cone Bit Leg .............. .............................
.............................
............................3
..............333
3.12.5.1 Locating Last
L ast Scratch on BHA Box Connection with SRF.............. .............................
.............................
.............................
...................38
....38
3.12.5.2 Locating Last Scratch on BHA Pin Connection with SRF ................... ..................................
.............................
............................3
..............399 -
-
-
`

3.12.5.3 Measuring from Last Scratch on BHA Box Connection with SRF ........................... .........................................
.......................39
.........39
,
,
`
,
`
,

3.12.5.4 Measuring from Last Scratch on BHA Pin Connection with SRF ............. ............................
.............................
.......................39
.........39
,
`
,
,
`
-
`

3.12.5.5 Identifying Last Scratch on BHA Pin Connection without SRF ............. ............................
..............................
..........................39
...........39
-
,
`
,
,
,
`
`

3.12.5.6 Measuring from Last Scratch on BHA Pin Connection without SRF ............. ...........................
.............................
...................40
....40 `
`
`
`
,
,
,

3.13.1.1 Bit Connection Dimensions .............


............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.......................41
.........41
`
`
,
`
`
`
,

3.13.4.1 Locating First Full Tread (1)..............


............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.....................42
......42
,
`
,
`
,
,
,
,

3.13.4.2 Locating First Full Tread (2)..............


............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.....................42
......42 `
-
-

3.13.4.3 Measuring Pin SRG Length.............


............................
..............................
.............................
.............................
..............................
.............................
.......................42
.........42

v
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I A T E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I T A S C O M PA
PA N Y )

Tis page intentionally left blank.

-
-
-
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
-
`
-
,
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
,
`
`
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
,
,
`
-
-

vi
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

1. Introduction (Bureau Veritas North America, Inc). Tis step has enabled
expansion of the global footprint of Standard DS-1. It has
also provided access to an extensive network of engineering
1.1 History support which helps to accelerate the technical content
Since 1992, Standard DS-1 has worked to prevent drill development efforts.
stem failures. Originally an industry-standard set of
inspection procedures for used drill pipe, the
the scope of the 1.3 Coverage
standard and its acceptance in the industry has grown Volume 5 of DS-1 covers the inspection procedures and
dramatically through four previous editions.
acceptance criteria for the qualification of new and used
During the time the Fourth Edition of Standard DS-1 was drilling bits and reamer cutting structures by inspection
in force, the DS-1 Sponsor group elected to address inspec- companies, service companies, or manufacturers.
tion of drilling bits as a supplementary volume. Te DS-1
Bit Inspection echnical
echnical Standard (BIS) was published
in February of 2017 specifically for the inspection of bits. 1.4 Sponsorship
Sponsorship of DS-1 is open to any company or institution
In this Fifth Edition, the BIS standard is given a more having an interest in the field. Te sponsorship group in-
prominent place in the DS-1 lineup as Volume 5. Te cludes oil and gas operating companies, drilling contractor
coverage has also expanded to include roller cone bits and companies, rental companies, inspection companies, and oil
-
-
-
`
,
,
`

the cutting structures on reamers. field service companies. Sponsorship fees are paid to Bureau
,
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
-
`

Veritas and are used to conduct research, to recommend -


,
`
,
,
,

his Fif
Fifth
th Edit
Edition
ion of Stan
Standard
dard DS-1 consi
consists
sts of six content, and to write, update, and maintain the standard.
`
`
`

Volumes:
`
`
`
,
,

For sponsorship information contact:


,
`
`
,
`
`
`
,

• Volume 1 covers the manufacture


manufacture of various drill ,
`
,
`
,

stem elements. DS-1 Engineering ,


,
,
`
-
-

Bureau Veritas
• Volume 2 provides resources and calculations to 16800 Greenspoint Park Drive, Suite 300S
design and operate a drill string successfully. Houston, exas 77060 USA
• Volume 3 gives inspection procedural control and (281) 671-5700 (phone)
acceptance criteria for generic components such as ds1@bureauveritas.com
ds1@bureauveritas.com (email)
drill pipe, drill collars, HWDP, subs, etc.
• Volume 4 outlines a quality control
control structure for 1.5 Copyright Notice
the maintenance processes of specialty tools.
Tis standard
standard is copyrighted
copyrighted and is the property of Bureau
• Volume 5—this book—covers the inspection of
new and used bits for
f or oilfield drilling. Veritas. Anyone
do so, but no partwho wishes
of the to use
standard thisbestandard
may may
photocopied,
• Volume 6 provides the inspection procedures and electronically duplicated, entered into a computer, or
acceptance criteria for used aluminum drill pipe. otherwise reproduced without prior written permission
from Bureau Veritas.
1.2 Bureau Veritas and T H Hill
In March 2012, Bureau Veritas acquired  H Hill 1.6 Content
Associat
Asso ciates,
es, Inc. Wi
With th the acqu
acquisit
isition,
ion, the proce
process
ss of Te content of this standard is determined by a commit-
commit-
integrating  H Hill service lines and Standard DS-1 tee of technical representatives from sponsor companies.
development work with Bureau Veritas’
Veritas’ss service
ser vice portfolio However, suggestions for improving this standard are
was init
initiated
iated.. On Sept
September
ember 1, 2016 the inte integrat
gration
ion welcomed from any source. Suggested changes should be
process was advanced by merging  H Hill Associates sent to the address above.
with Bureau Veritas’
eritas’ss North America
America operating company
company

1
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I A T E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I T A S C O M PA
PA N Y )

Revisions and corrections of the DS-1 Standards are furnished, nor do they make any representatio
representation
n whatever
published from time to time. Before using the standard, as to the accuracy of the data or reliability of the product.
be sure to contact us (see information above) or visit Furthermore,
Furthermor e, a listing in this standard does not constitute
www.bvna.com/ds1standar
www .bvna.com/ds1standards
ds to make sure you have the a license to manufacture any product. Such license can only
latest edition. be obtained from the owner of the product in question.
Anyone contemplating manufacture of any product listed listed
herein is cautioned to verify that such manufacture will not
1.7 Assumptions
Tis stan
standard
dard is writ
written
ten and publ
published
ished solel
solelyy for the violate
productany right or patent of the holders of the proprietary
in question.
conveniencee of the user.Te data presented herein
convenienc he rein is based
on assumptions about material properties and operating
conditions which will not apply in all circumstance
circumstances.s. Since 1.11 Proprietary Technology &
actual properties and conditions cannot be foreseen, eacheach License Agreement
user must first ascertain how local equipment or operating Te methods of calculating Curv Curvature
ature Index, Stabilit
Stabilityy
conditions deviate from the assumptions herein, then Index, Reactive orque, and Connection Fatigue Index
employ sound engineering and technical judgment in are and remain the exclusive property of Bureau Veritas.
deciding when to employ any part of this standard. Te values given in this standard for Curvature Index,
Stability Index, Reactive orque, and Connection Fatigue
1.8 Limitations Index are and remain the exclusive property of Bureau
Veritas. License is hereby granted to persons who purchase
purcha se
Tis standard is not a training manual, nor should it be
used by untrained or inexperienced personnel, or people and register this
for Curvature standard
Index, to useIndex,
Stability the values givenorque,
Reactive herein
who are not qualified in drilling engineering, threading and Connection Fatigue Index for the sole purpose of
technology, inspection technology, quality assurance, or designing drill strings or setting inspection intervals.
applicable codes, standards, and procedures. Tis standard No person or organization may use these values, curves,
is not intended to meet the duties of employ
employers
ers to properly formulas, or methods of calculation for any other purpose,
train and equip their employees in any of the above fields. including developing training material or training others
in drill string design or inspection. Tese values, curves,
1.9 Terms and Conditions For Use and formulas may not be retyped, hand copied, redrawn, -
-
-

scanned, photocopied, or employed in the production or `


,
,
`
,

Te terms and conditio


conditions
ns stated in paragrap
paragraphs
hs 1.9 through use of any computer program or software, except with the `
,
,
`
,
,
`

1.12 are the sole and exclusive terms and conditions by prior written permission of Bureau Veritas.
-
`
-
,
`
,
,
,

which this Standard DS-1 is offered forf or sale or use, and `


`
`
`
`
`
,

the purchase or use of this standard shall be deemed an ,


,
`
`
,
`
`
`
,

unconditional acceptance of these terms and conditions 1.12 Disclaimer of Liability


,
`
,
`
,

by the user.
,
,
,

Bureau Veritas and the editorial committee have made `


-
-

diligent, good faith efforts to obtain and compile the


1.10 Proprietary Products information and to ensure the reliability and applicability
of the data presented in this standard. However, Bureau
Users of this standard are advised that certain dimensions Veritas, its officers and directors, the editorial committee
and properties on proprietary products are listed in this members and their companies,
compani es, and the sponsor companies
standard. Tese dimensions and properties have generally make no guarantee, representation, claim, or warranty of
been provided by the manufacturers of the products in any kind as to the validity of engineering formulas used, or
question, and
and are listed herein solely for the convenience the accuracy and completeness of any data presented herein.
of users who may be using or contemplating the use of Bureau Veritas, its officers and directors, the editorial
such products. Bureau Veritas, its officers and directors, committee members and their companies, and the sponsor
the editorial committee members and their companies, companies hereby disclaim and shall not be liable for any
and theofsponsor
ability companiesnor
these products have
thenot verified the
reliability ser vice-
service-
of the data direct or consequential claims or damages, personal injury
or property damage, economic or other losses, out of pocket

2
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

damages or lost profits, or violation of any letters patent, Bureau Veritas. Te liability of Bureau Veritas shall in any
relating to or resulting from use of this standard or use of event be limited to the retail price at which this standard
the procedures mentioned herein, and by using the stan- is offered for sale.
dard, the user releases Bureau Veritas from any and all such
claims, liabilities, or damages of any kind. Bureau Veritas
expressly disclaims any and all express warranties of every 1.13 Responsibility for Compliance
kind as well as any implied warranties of merchantability Responsibility for compliance to any requirement of this
or fitness
never for atoparticular
be liable any user purpose. Bureau
for any act Veritasunless
or omission shall standard can only
upon another user,bebyimposed by one
agreement user of
between thethis
twostandard
parties.
caused by gross negligence or intentional misconduct of

-
-
`
,
,
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
,
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-

3
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I A T E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I T A S C O M PA
PA N Y )

Tis page intentionally left blank.

4 --`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

2. Specifying the Inspection 2.3.3 Acceptance Criteria in Effect


Te customer must give the inspecting company precise
Program instructions about the attributes which must be met or
exceeded in an acceptable bit. Tis is done by specifying
2.1 Scope and Definition which inspection methods
methods need to be followed.
followed.

Te DS-1 Bit Inspe


Inspection
ction echni
echnical
cal Stand
Standard
ard (BI
(BIS)
S)
2.4 Conducting the Inspection
covers
for thethe inspectionofprocedures
qualification and acceptance
new and used criteria
bits, including the Program Per DS-1 BITS
bit bodies, connections, and cutters.
Once the customer sets the inspection program, the
inspecting company is responsible
responsibl e for conducting it. In the
2.2 Inspection of Equipment Using conduct of an inspection method, the the inspecting company
DS-1 BITS is responsible for following the procedural requirements
outlined in DS-1 BIS. he inspecting company is
For inspection of equipment using DS-1 BIS, the also responsible for making the customer aware of any
customer is defined as the party on whose behalf the problems in achieving the desired acceptance criteria, and
inspection is being conducted. If the components are for working with the customer to resolve these problems.
being inspected for use in a well or wells, the customer
is the organization at risk in the event of a failure. If the
components are being inspected prior to returning them to 2.5 Deviating from Procedural
stock for future rental, the customer is the company owning Requirements
the components. In the first case, the customer will usually
Te customer
customer,, having set the program in the first place,
be represented by the designer, who will be most familiar
is free to alter any aspect of the process he or she desires.
with the loads and anticipated operating conditions, and
Customers are cautioned however, that deviating from
therefore best qualified to set the inspection program and
the procedures in DS-1 BIS may negatively impact the
address issues that arise during inspection. -
-
-

quality of the inspection and of the accepted products. Te `


,
,
`
,
`
,

inspecting company may not deviate from


f rom any requirement
,
`
,
,
`
-
`

2.3 Inspection Programs in DS-1 BIS


BI S without prior approval from the customer.
customer.
-
,
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,

he ins
inspec
pectio
tion
n prog
program
ram is set by the cus
custome
tomerr and ,
`
`
,
`

2.6 Specifying Applicable Methods


`
`

performed by the inspection company, service company, ,


,
`
,
`
,
,

or manufacturer. An inspection program consists of three


,
,
`
-

Te custo
custom
mer may select any applicable set of methods from
-

elements:
able

atable
the 2.1.
2.1.However,
sameHowever, to simplify
time allow the to
him or her cu tailor
customer’s
stomer’s
thechoices and
inspection
2.3.1 Equipment List
Te custo
customer
mer must prov
provide
ide a comp
complete
lete list of the equi
equipmen
pmentt program to the risks of the application,
applic ation, seven methods with
to be inspected. Te list must include the number of bits unique acceptance criteria are established. Tese methods
and a complete and accurate description of each bit. are described in more detail below.

2.3.2 Methods to be Employed 2.6.1 Bit Body 1 Inspection


Te customer must provide precise guidelines on whichwhich of Te Bit Body 1 Inspectio
Inspection
n method may be emplo
employed
yed when
the available inspection methods are to be used to inspect inspecting a used bit. Tis method may not be employed
each bit. Tis is accomplished by selecting a body inspection when inspecting a new bit.
method and a cutter inspection method as well as which
inspection methods are required for the connection (if
2.6.2 Bit Body 2 Inspection
Te Bit Body 2 Insp
Inspection
ection method is requir
required
ed when
applicable). Te customer may select any combination of
inspecting a new bit. Tis method may also be employed
body inspection methods, cutter inspection methods, and
connection inspection methods. when
in inspectingoraexpensive
complicated used bit.drilling
Tis is situations,
particularlysuch
desirable
as for
offshore operations.

5
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
T H H I L L A S S O C I A T E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I T A S C O M PA
PA N Y )

2.6.3 Cutter 1 Inspection 2.7 Setting Acceptance Criteria


Te Cutter 1 Inspection method may bebe employed when
inspecting a used bit. Tis method may not be employed Te acceptance criteria for each inspection method are
when inspecting a new bit.
bit. included within the inspection method.

2.6.4 Cutter 2 Inspection


h e Cut ter 2 In
he Insp
spect
ect ion met hod is req
requi
uired
red whe
when n 2.8 Inspection Using Metric Units
inspecting a new bit. Tis method may also be employed
when inspecting a used bit. Tis
Tis is particularly desirable If measuring instruments with U. S. S. customary units are not
available for use during inspection, measuring
measuring instruments
in complicated or expensive drilling situations, such as for
with metric units can be used provided the calibration,
offshore operations.
standardization, and all other applicable requirements
2.6.5 Reamer Block & Arm 1 Inspection
-
-
`
,
are met. Te dimensions obtained shall be converted to to
Te Reamer Block & Arm 1 Inspection method may be the appropriate U. S. customary units using able 2.3 to to
,
,
,
`
,
`
,

cture. determine acceptance of a component. Te dimensional


,
`

employed when inspecting a used reamer cutting stru


`
`
,
`
`
,
structure.
employed when inspecting a new requirements and tolerances for verification of inspection
,

Tis method may not be employed


,
`
`
`
`
`

apparatuses are also allowed to be measured using metric


`

cutting structure.
,
,
,
`
,
-

units and converted to the appropriate U. S. customary


`
-
`
,
,
`

2.6.6 Reamer Block & Arm 2 Inspection


,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
units. A reference table for conversion of fractions into into
Te Reamer Block & Arm 2 InspectInspection
ion method
method is requi
required
red equivalent decimal numbers is provided as 
-

able
able 2.4.
-
-

when inspec
inspecting
ting a new reamer cuttin
cuttingg stru
structure.
cture. Tis
T is
method may also be employed when inspecting a used
component. Tis is desirable in complex or expensive 2.9 Essential Objectives of Inspection
drilling situations, such as for offshore operations.
Te technical
technical details of bit inspection processes may seem
2.6.7 Roller Cone Inspection daunting to someone not familiar with the technology.
Te Roller Cone Inspection method is required for both Tus, it it’s
’s ver
veryy helpf
helpfulul to reduc
reducee the insp
inspection
ection to its
new and used roller cone bits. essential objective.
obje ctive. In most cases, the objective is to remove

Table 2.1 Recommended Inspection Programs for Bits

Service Category
Co
Component Level 1 Level 2

All BitsCutter & Roller Cone)


(Fixed Visual Bit Connection Visual Bit Connection
Dimensional Bit Connection Dimensional Bit Connection
Blacklight Connection Blacklight Connection
Fixed Cutter Bits Note 1 General Bit General Bit
Bit Body 1 Bit Body 2
Liquid Penetrant Liquid Penetrant
Cutter 1 Cutter 2
Roller Cone Bits Roller Cone General Bit Roller Cone General Bit
Roller Cone Roller Cone
Reamer Cutting Structures General Reamer Cutter General Reamer Cutter
Reamer Block & Arm 1 Reamer Block & Arm 2
Liquid Penetrant Liquid Penetrant
Cutter
Cutter 1 or Roll
Roller
er Cone
Cone (as appli
applicab
cable)
le) Cutter
Cutter 2 or Roll
Roller
er Cone
Cone (as appli
applicab
cable)
le)
Note 1: Level 2 is required for all diamond bits.

6
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

components that have cracks and remove components that the acceptance criteria the inspector will use to accept or
are damaged and will not function as intended. reject each bit.

2.10 Inspection Costs 2.13 Fitness for Purpose


Te inspection costs may not vary
var y significantly between Historically, bit inspections have been performed
perf ormed primarily
different inspection methods, since all methods require by the manufacturers, each with different procedures and
the same procedures to examine the bits. However, acceptance criteria. DS-1 BIS is intended to standardize
the procurement cost of a bit that is acceptable per the bit inspections so that manufacturers, service companies,
requirements in the Bit Body 2 Inspection method will and inspection companies can effectively perform these
be higher than that of a bit that is acceptable per the inspections. Te inspection methods have been created
requirements in the Bit Body 1 Inspection method. Tis based upon collaboration between the DS-1 sponsor
same relationship exists between cutters qualified to the group, bit manufacturing companies, and operators. Tus,
Cutter 2 Inspection method versus the Cutter 1 Inspection the inspection methods are established to be realistic
method. and effective to ensure that bits are properly inspected,
regardless of the party inspecting them.
2.11 Limitations of the Guidelines in
this Standard 2.14 Adjusting Acceptance Criteria
Te inspection methods included in this standard cover Although it is not recomme
recommended,
nded, the customer may adjust
most drilling applications. However, the user is cautioned the acceptance
acceptanc e criteria as he or she deems
deem s appropriate. Te
that special material selection, inspection, and quality inspection company cannot adjust the acceptance criteria
assurance programs that are beyond the scope of this without explicit permission
permission from the customer.
customer.
standard may be required for very
ver y deep, very high pressure,
pressu re,
or sour wells. 2.15 Personnel Competency
Te trainin
training,
g, skill, and knowl
knowledge
edge of the peopl
peoplee perform
performing
ing
2.12 Definitions the inspection work covered by this standard is a critical
Te following definitions apply
apply throughout
throughout this standard. factor in the likelihood of success. As such, every process
standard.
performed under the guidance of this standard shall be
Acceptance Criteria: A set of attributes, each of which performed by a competent individual.
must be met or exceeded for an inspected bit to be
acceptable. 2.15.1 Competency Standard
Te insp
Customer: Te entity on whose behalf the inspection is Standard,inspect
ection
ion com
compan panyy shal
shalll deve
develop
lop a writ
written
ten Com
Compet
petency
ency
and a competent individual is someone who can
being conducted. demonstrate competency according to the written standard.
Te Competency StandardStandard shall include:
Inspection: Examining a bit in accordance with the
requirements
requireme nts in DS-1 BIS to determine whether or not • Skills: A list
list of skills that individuals
individuals will need for
a bit is acceptable based on which inspection methods are a given inspection task.
employed.
• raining: A classroom training program that
Inspection Method: Different processes for inspection imparts whatever knowledge is necessary for
that are included in DS-1 BIS. performing every listed skill to the individual.
-
-
Te training program shall document the training
Inspection Procedure: A set of written steps found in
`
,
,
,
,
`
provided to each individual as well as the results
,

DS-1 BIS that must be followed by the inspector. Each


`
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
of the testing provided to prove the individual has
,
,
,
`

inspection method includes an inspection procedure. been successfully trained in each skill.
`
`
`
`
`
,
,

Inspection Program: A set of one or more inspection


,
`
,
-
`
-
• Experien
Experience:ce: Work that must be done to practice
`

methods applied to a specified amount of bits, and also


,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
the skills needed under the supervision of a trainer
,
`
-
-
-

7
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

T H H I L L A S S O C I A T E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I T A S C O M PA
PA N Y )

or instructor prior to the individual being certified • Te skill


skill has not been performed in over one
one year
year
as competent.
• Te person changes employer
employerss
• Assessment: Provisio
Provision
n for the individual to prove
prove
their ability to perform each skill. Te assessment • At a minimum, every 5 years
of each individual shall be performed by an For individuals performing inspection tasks, the Near
assessor designated by the inspection company and Vision Acuity test described in 2.15.2 shall be given
the results of the assessment documented.
d ocumented.
annually, at a minimum.
2.15.2 Vision Require
Requirements
ments 2.15.5 Records
As a part of the Competency Standard, every individual Te inspect
inspection
ion company shall maintai
maintainn the follow
following
ing
performing inspection tasks in accordance with this records for all inspectors:
standard shall meet the following requirements for visual
acuity and color contrast: • Qualification Certificates as described in 2.15.3.
• Near Vision Acuity:
Acuity: Inspectors shall
shall demonstrate • Examination Records including examinations, grades,
-
-
`
,
,
the ability in at least
leas t one eye to read a minimum of and vision examinations.
Jaeger Number 2 or equivalent type and and size
size letter
letter
,
,
`
,
`
,

at twelve inches or greater distance on a standard Te recordsrecords for each inspector


inspector shall be maintained
maintained for the
the
,
`
`
`
,
`
`

annually.. duration of the inspector’s


in spector’s employment with the company
compan y.
,
,

Jaeger test
test chart. Tis test shall be given annually
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,

2.15.6 Customer Access


`
,

• Color Contrast: Inspectors shall demonstrate


demonstrate the
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
, ability to distinguish and differentiate contrast Te customer or its authorized representative shall have
access to the Competency Standard and all associated
,
`

among colors used in the inspection methods


-
-
-

to be performed. Tis test shall be given at each records for audit purposes. However, the Competency
certification interval. Standard is to be considered intellectual property and may
not be copied or removed from
f rom the premises. Copies of the
2.15.3 Qualification Certificates qualification certificates for each individual involved in
Every person performing
performin g an inspection in accordance with the inspection of a tool provided to the customer may be
this standard shall be able to demonstrate competency in retained by the customer or its authorized representative
the skills required according to the written Competency if desired.
Standard. Upon demonstrating this competency, the
inspection company shall create a Qualification Certificate
as a record that the individual has met the applicable 2.16 Calibration Requirements
competency requirements. Each Qualification Certificate Instruments that are used to measure important parameters
shall include: during inspection shall be calibrated using standards
• Te individual’s name traceable to the National Institute of Standards and
echnology
 echnology (NIS) or or equivalent body
body.. Unless otherwise
• Te skill or skills for which the individual has indicated in this standard, the calibration frequency for all
demonstrated competency instruments shall be every six months.
• Te signature of the Assessor that assessed the Te calibrated instrument shall have a tag or sticker affixed
competency of the individual to it that shows the latest calibration date and the
t he company
and individual that performed the most recent calibration.
• Te date when the certificate
certificate was awarded
awarded If the tag or sticker is not present, the instrument’s unique
• Te date of expiration of
of the certificate identification number shall be traceable to proof-of-
calibration documents. Te calibration of an instrument
2.15.4 Reassessment must be verifiable at the point of use.
A person must be reasses
reassessed
sed for compete
competency
ncy whenever any
of the following occurs: A summary of the ininstrument
strument calibrations
calibrations required by this
standard is given in 
able
able 2.2.

8
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 2.2 Calibration Frequency Moyer and Dale evaluated the probability that inspection
companies would find cracks in drill collar connections. Te
Calibration
Instrument References acceptance criteria allow no fatigue cracks in connections,
Frequency
no matter how small, so the test provided a good measure
Internal 6 months 3.1.4 of commercial blacklight inspection. Te result is shown
Micrometer
in Figure 2.1. Te test subjects had about a one in four
White Light 6 months 3.1.4, 3.12.2, chance of finding small cracks. Teir chance of finding
Intensity Meter 3.14.2, 3.15.2
Lead Gage 6 months 3.12.2 cracks increased
were very large. to eight to nine in ten when the cracks
large.
Pressure Gauge 6 months 3.16.2
Standard Lead 1 year 3.12.2
Template 2.19 Procedure Affects Results
Profle Gage 3 years 3.12.2, 3.13.2 An interesting twist to the data in Figure 2.1 is this: Te
Angle Gage 3 years 3.12.2 investigators used the same technique they were studying,
Blacklight 6 months 3.14.2, 3.15.2 blacklight inspection, to establish the existence of a crack,
Intensity Meter against which they evaluated commercial inspections. Te
investigators, however,
however, examined the connections using the
best available practices and under no production pressure.
2.17 Meeting Requirements of So Figure 2.1 does not evaluate the absolute quality of
commercial blacklight inspection for finding cracks. In
Standard
Standard DS-1, Fifth Edition, Volume 3,
Category 3-5 reality, it compares the relative quality of commercial
blacklight inspection done at the time (data points) against
blacklight inspection done properly by the investigators.
DS-1 Volume 5 covers inspection requirements for new
Stated another way, the blacklight practices used by the
and used drilling bits. DS-1 Volume 3 does not cover
investigators were 10-20% more likely to find very large
the inspection of bits, but the requirements therein are
cracks and four hundred percent more likely to find very
sometimes applied to the bit connections. However,
small cracks than the
t he commercial subjects.
subjects . Tis “procedure
since Volume 3 is used to cover other non-specialty tools,
sensitivity” is present in all nondestructive inspection. It is
vendors may be requested by their customers to follow
follow the
the reason mandatory inspection procedure control steps
requirements specified in Volume 3 for Category 3-5 for
are included in DS-1 BIS. Reference 1 also discusses
these tools. In this event, the vendor shall meet this
thi s request
the degree of “control” for an inspection process. Tis is
by following the requirements specified in this volume for
the Level 2 service category.
10 0

2.18 The Inspection Procedure is )%


(
Critical n8 0
oit
c
Te designer and his organization have much at stake in e j
whether or not the inspector accurately sorts the bits being e60
R
inspected. How well the inspector does his or her job will f
o4 0
depend in large part on what procedure is followed during y ti
the inspection. Procedure sensitivity was well illustrated li
in a landmark study by Moyer and Dale1. Tese men used b
a20
b
commercial inspection companies to examine several pieces o
r
of drill pipe and drill collars that were in various states of P
0
wear and fatigue. Tey did not materially interfere with 0 2 4 6 8 10

the inspectors, but simply recorded their findings and Crack Length (inches)
plotted the probability that the inspectors would find Figure 2.1 Probability of of detecting a drill collar connection
the flaws they knew existed. In one facet of the study, fatigue crack as a function of crack size. (from Reference 1)

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
9
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

T H H I L L A S S O C I A T E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I T A S C O M PA
PA N Y )

100
Bad Material
illustrated in Figure 2.2. Te acceptance criteria demanded,
demand ed,
Accepted expressed in flaw size, is shown by the heavy black line.
) However, a real-world inspection will not be able to attain
%
(
n the ideal. Because of inspection uncertainty, some good
o
it
c
material will be rejected, and some bad material accepted.
ej Figure 2.2 (center) shows a real inspection sort that was run
r un
e
R
f with a well-controlled procedure
procedure like the investigators in
o
y
itil Reference 1 used. A well-controlled inspection procedure
b can provide results that approximate (but can never
a Good Material Rejected
b match) the theoretical sort demanded by the acceptance
o
r
P THEORETICAL SORT criteria. As procedure control deteriorates, the results move
ACTUAL SORT
further away from ideal, resulting in more acceptance of
substandard material, and a higher probability of downhole
0 problems. Tis reality is especially problematic in drill
Small
Flaw Size Large string inspection, where inspections are priced on a “piece
Accept
ptab
able
le Nott Acce
No Accept
ptab
able
le
work” basis and often competitively
competitively bid by customers who
100 may have little understanding
und erstanding of what they’re purchasing.
No matter how well qualified and motivated an inspection
)
Controlled Sort organization may be, these market pressures leave them
%
( no alternative but to “hurry” in order to make money. Te
n
o
i resulting loss of procedure control, and the detrimental
c
t
e results on inspection quality, far outweigh the few dollars
j
e
R
f
Cracked the customer saves on inspection cost. Customers who
o Connections
y Accepted focus only on minimizing inspection
inspecti on costs do not allow the
ti
li inspection organization time to do a good job and still make
b
a money. Such customers are subverting their own interest,
b
o
r
P Uncracked Connections Rejected and share in the blame if the quality of the inspection they
receive does not meet their expectations.

0
0 Crack Length (in) 10
2.20 Frequently Asked Questions
100
DS-1 has become widely accepted as the standard for
inspecting drill string components including cutting bits.
Cracked
) Connections
(% Accepted Several
standard.questions are commonly
Tese questions askedhere:
are answered about using the
n
oit
c Poorly Controlled Q: “How is Standard DS-1 BITS different
different from DS-1
e j Sort
e Volume
Volume 3 and Volume
Volume 4 inspections?”
R
f
o
y ti A: Te Fifth Edition of Volume 3 of the standard covers
il
b inspection of used normal weight drill pipe, HWDP, drill
a
b
o
r collars, pup joints, API and similar rotary-shouldered
P
connections, a number of proprietary connections, kellys,
subs, stabilizers, and thick-walled drill pipe. Inspection
and qualification of drilling and completion specialty
0
0 10
tools like mud motors, jar, MWD/LWD, frac sleeves,
Crack Length (in)
SSSV, etc is covered by Standard DS-1 Volume 4, Fifth
Figure 2.2 Real inspection can never attain the ideal sort de-
manded by the acceptance criteria in effect (top). However, a well Edition. Standar
Standard
qualification d DS-1
of new BISdrilling
and used covers bits.
the inspection and
controlled inspection procedure (center) more closely approxi-
mates the ideal than a poorly controlled procedure (bottom).

10 --`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Q: “My company orders inspection of generic non- of the entire lot of components, and and unless you have zero
specialty BHA components to Standard DS-1 reject rate in your sample, you cannot be fully confident
Volume
Volume 3, Category 3-5. Can I continue
continue to use DS-1 that every single component in the unchecked portion is
Volume
Volume 3, Fifth Edition Category 3-5 for inspectio
inspection
n acceptable.
acceptabl e. In a nutshell,
nutshell , if you need to do an inspection at
of drilling bits?” all, you
you should apply it to all of the planned drilling bits. If
you need to reduce inspection costs in low-risk situations,
situations,
A: No.
No. Standard DS-1 Volume
Volume 3, Fifth Edition does not you might consider consider dropping to to a lower inspection
inspection level.
cover inspection and qualification of drilling
drillin g bits. Standard
DS-1 BIS covers inspection requirements for new and Q: “Under what conditions could spot sampling be
used drilling bits. However, since Standard DS-1, Fifth considered good practice?”
Edition, Volume 3 is used to cover other non-specialty
tools, vendors may be erroneously requested by their A: Spot sampling sampling is useful if you wish wish to get a general feel
feel
customers to follow requirements specified in Standard for the condition of a lot of drilling dri lling bits, without qualifying
DS-1, Fifth Edition, inspe cting ever
Edition , Volume 3, Category 3-5 for inspecting everyy individual
individ ual piece. For
For example, if you were concerned
and qualifying drilling bits. In this event, the vendor shall about the general condition of available drilling bits, you
-
-

meet this request by following the requirements specified might use spot checking to decide whether to proceed
`
,
,
,
,
`
,

with inspecting
inspecting that lot or to look for an entirely different
`
,
,

in this standard for Level 2 service category.


`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
lot of drilling bits.
`

Q: “How do I order
`
`
`
,
,
order inspection
inspection under DS-1?”
,
`
,
-
`
-
`
Q: “All dimensions for procedural requirements and
A: How to order inspection service is covered in detail acceptance criteria in DS-1 Volume 3 are listed in
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-

earlier in this chapter. U. S. customary


using units. Am Iinstruments
allowed to perform an
-

inspection measuring with metric


Q: “My company has standardized on DS-1 Level 2 units?”
inspection program for
f or all drilling bits. Are we doing
the right thing?” A: Yes. Dimensions used to verify procedura
procedurall requir
requirements
ements
(i.e. field reference standards) and to determine the
A: It depends on the severity of
of the application and cost of acceptance of components are allowed to be measured
failure. Te cost of a Level 2 inspection is higher than that using metric units and converted to the appropriate U. S.
of Level 1 inspection program. Level 2 inspection program customary units.units. Te conversion factors that shall be used
is intended for inspection of new drilling bits, whereas are listed in able 2.3. See See paragraph 2.8 for
for details.
Level 1 inspection program is intended for inspection
of used drilling bits. However, if the application involves
complicated or expensive drilling situations with extremely 2.21 References
adverse conditions where the potential cost of a failure is
1. Moyer, M.C., and Dale, B.A., “Sensitivity and
very be
may large, then inspection to Level 2 inspection
appropriate. inspection program Reliability of Commercial Drillstring Inspection
Services,” SPE 17661, Presented at the 1988 Offshore
Off shore
Q: “I would like to qualify my drilling bits by checking Southeast Asia echnology Conference, Singapore,
a sample. What percent of the drilling bits that I Feb 2-5.
plan to use must I inspect to be sure that it is all
acceptable?” 2. aylor, Barr
Barryy N., & Tompson, Ambler. Guide for f or the
Use of the International System of Units (SI) (Special
A: You should not inspect your drilling bits by checking a Publication 811, 2008 ed.). Gaithersburg, MD:
sample. Unless the sample you choose is truly representative National Institute
Ins titute of Standards
Sta ndards and echnolog
echnologyy, 2008.

11
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

N P C
o ro o
re v p
id y
p r
ro e i
g
d h
d b t
u y T
c H
ti
n
o
IH
S H
i
ll
1 T H H I LL A SSO C I A T E S (A BURE A U VE RI T A S C O M PA
PA NY)
o M
r a
A 2
n rk
s
e s
tw
r
o
ti
n
u
o
c
a
t
i Table 2.3 Conversion Factors for Inspection
k d e
i
n e s
g r ,
p
e
li
c
e c
In
.
Attribute Multiply SI Unit ByNote1 To Obtain US Customary Unit
rm n
s
i e
tte
d it
w Diameter/Thickness millimeters (mm) 0.03937008 inch (in)
w h
hti
o
u
T
H
H
Length meters (m) 3.280840 foot (ft)
t I
ilc
n
e
L
L Pressure/Strength megapascal (MPa) 145.0377 pound per square inch (psi)
s

rfo
e
Torque newton-meter (N-m) 0.7375621 foot-pound (ft-lb)
m
I
H Temperature Celsius (°C) °C = (°F − 32) × 5⁄9 Farenheit (°F)
S
T
Magnetic Field tesla (T) 104 gauss (G)
H
Energy joule (J) 0.7375621 foot-pound (ft-lb) H
Illuminance lux (lx) 0.09290304 foot-candle (fc) IL
L
Force/Load newton (N) 0.2248089 pound force(lbf) A
Mass kilogram (kg) 2.204622 pound (lbm) S
S
O
Speed meter per second (m/s) 3.280840 feet per second (fps) C
Density kilograms per cubic meter (kg/m³) 0.008345406 pounds per gallon (lbm/gal or ppg) IA
T
Volume liter (L) 0.2641720 gallon (gal) E
S
Mass per unit length kilogram per meter (kg/m) 0.6719688 pound per foot (ppf )
(
Area square meter (m2) 1550.003 square inch (in2) A
B
Rotar y Speed radians per second (rad/s) 9.549297 revolutions per minute (rpm) U
N L R
E
o c i
t e

A
f
o n
r s
e

Attribute Multiply US Customar y Unit ByNote1 To Obtain SI Unit U


R e
e =
s N
a O
l
e V

Diameter/Thickness inch (in) 25.4 millimeters (mm)


,

V
E
1 -

R
0
/
2 70

Length foot (ft) 0.3048 meters (m)


7 -
/

IT
2 A
0 ll
2 O
0

Pressure/Strength pound per square inch (psi) 0.006894757 megapascal (MPa) A


th
0
9 e

S
: r
1 N
7

Torque foot-pound (ft-lb) 1.355818 newton-meter (N-m)


: O
0

C
6 V
M L

O
o

Temperature Fahrenheit (°F) °F = °C × 9⁄5 + 32 Celsius (°C)


D c
T a

M
ti
o
n

Magnetic Field gauss (G) 10-4 tesla (T)


s

P
/
5
9

A
0

Energy foot-pound (ft-lb) 1.355818 joules(J)


9
6

N
8
1
2

Illuminance foot-candle (fc) 10.76391 lux (lx) Y


4
2

)
,
U
s

Force/Load pound force(lbf) 4.448222 newton (N)


e
r=
M

Mass pound (lbm) 0.4535924 kilogram (kg)


o
n
et
o r

Speed feet per second (fps) 0.3048 meter per second (m/s)
P
e
e r
z

Density pounds per gallon (lbm/gal or ppg) 119.8264 kilograms per cubic meter (kg/m³)
(kg/m³)
,
J
a
v
i

Volume gallon (gal) 3.785412 liter (L)


Mass per unit length pound per foot (ppf ) 1.488164 kilogram per meter (kg/m)
Area square inch (in2) 0.00064516 square meter (m2)
Rotar y Speed revolutions per minute (rpm) 0.1047198 radians per second (rad/s)
Note 1: All conversion
c onversion factors in the table above are in accordance to reference 2.

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 2.4 Table of Fracti


Fractions
ons
Equivalent Sixty-fourths Thirty-seconds Sixteenths Eighths Four ths Halves
Decimal 1/64 1/32 1/16 1/8 1/4 1/2
0.01563 1/64
0.03125 2/64 1/32
0.04688 3/64 -
-
-
`

0.06250 4/64 2/32 1 /1 6


,
,
`
,
`
,

0.07813 5/64
,
`
,
,
`

0.09375 6/64 3/32


-
`
-
,
`
,

0.10938 7/64
,
,
`
`
`

0.12500 8/64 4/32 2 /1 6 1/ 8


`
`
`
,
,
,

0.14063 9/64
`
`
,
`
`
`

0.15625 10/64 5/32 ,


,
`
,
`

0.17188 11/64
,
,
,
,
`
-

0.18750 12/64 6/32 3 /1 6 -

0.20313 13/64
0.231483785 154/64 7/32
0.25000 16/64 8/32 4 /1 6 2/8 1/4
0.26563 17/64
0.28125 18/64 9/32
0.29688 19/64
0.31250 20/64 10/32 5 /1 6
0.32813 21/64
0.34375 22/64 11/32
0.35938 23/64
0.37500 24/64 12/32 6 /1 6 3/8
0.39063 25/64
0.40625 26/64 13/32
0.42188 27/64
0.43750 28/64 14/32 7 /1 6
0.45313 29/64
0.46875 30/64 15/32
0.48438 31/64
00..5501050603 3323//6644 16/32 8 /1 6 4/8 2 /4 1/2
0.53125 34/64 17/32
0.54688 35/64
0.56250 36/64 18/32 9 /1 6
0.57813 37/64
0.59375 38/64 19/32
0.60938 39/64
0.62500 40/64 20/32 10/16 5/8
0.64063 41/64
0.65625 42/64 21/32
0.67188 43/64
0.68750 44/64 22/32 11/16
0.70313 45/64
0.71875 46/64 23/32
0.73438 47/64
0.75000 48/64 24/32 12/16 6/8 3 /4
0.76563 49/64
0.78125 50/64 25/32
0.79688 51/64
0.81250 52/64 26/32 13/16
0.82813 53/64
0.84375 54/64 27/32
0.85938 55/64
0.87500 56/64 28/32 14/16 7/8
0.89063 57/64
0.90625 58/64 29/32
0.92188 59/64
0.93750 60/64 30/32 15/16
0.95313 61/64
0.96875 62/64 31/32
0.98438 63/64
1.00000 64/64 32/32 16/16 8/8 4 /4 2/2

13
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

T H H I L L A S S O C I A T E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I T A S C O M PA
PA N Y )
Tis page intentionally left blank.
-
-
`
,
,
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
,
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-

14
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

3. Inspection Procedures table with a protruding


protru ding geometry
geometr y, or a diamond table
with a geometry other than a cylinder. An example
of a cutter with non-standard geometry is shown in
3.1 General Bit Inspection Figure 3.1.2.5.
3.1.1 Scope d. Pockets: Pockets are the portions of a blade that
Tis procedure covers the inspection of new and used contain the cutters.
drilling bits, including bit connections and the bit bodies.
Te types of bitsbits covered by this procedure are defined in e. Depth of Cut Management Element: A depth of cut
section 3.1.3.
3. 1.3. Tis procedure does not cover the inspection management element is either part of the bit body
of roller cone bits,
bits , hybrid bits,
bi ts, or hammer bits. Roller cone or consists of carbide or diamond. Each element may
bits are covered in this standard in procedure 3.9. protrude from the blades near the cutters in its own
pocket or may be part of the top of the blade that
3.1.2 Parts
wingof
Te following
follo Bits
definitions will apply
apply to the various
various parts of is designed to contact the formation at a specified
penetration per revolution. An example
example of a depth of
bits. All of the figures feature a Poly
Polycrystalline
crystalline Diamond cut management element is shown in Figure 3.1.2.5.
Compact (PDC) bit for illustration purposes.
purposes. Te defini-
tions of different types of bits are covered in section 3.1.3. f. Cone: Te cone consists of the essentially horizontal
portion of a blade closest
c losest to the center of the
t he bit body.
a. Blades: Te blades are protrusi
protrusions
ons from the bit body Tis is pointed out in Figure 3.1.2.6.
that contain the cutters. Primary blades run all the
way to the center of the bit body
body,, while secondary g. Nose: Te nose consists of the nearly horizontal
blades do not run all the way to the center of the bit portion of a blade between the cone and the shoulder.
s houlder.
body. Te leading side faces the same direction as Tis is pointed out in Figure 3.1.2.6.
the faces of most of the cutters. Te trailing side of a
h. Shoulder: Te shoulder consists
consists of the portion of a -
-

blade faces opposite the faces of most of the cutters. -


`
,

blade between the nose and the OD that is oriented


,
`
,
`

Te top of a blade is the portion farthest from the


,
,
`
,
,
`
-
`

pin nose. Tese


T ese various areas
areas of the bit are pointed at approximately
3.1.2.6. 45 degrees. Tis is pointed out in
-
,
`

Figure ,
,
,
`

out in Figures 3.1.2.1 and 3.1.2.2. `


`
`
`
`
,
,
,

i. OD and OD Area: Te OD is the Outer Diameter


`
`
,
`

b. Junk Slots: Te junk slots are the areas between two


`
`
,
,

of the bit body. Te OD area consists of the nearly `


,
`
,

blades on the bit body. Tis is pointed out in Figure ,


,
,

vertical portion of a blade between the gauge area `


-
-

3.1.2.3.
c. Cutters: Cutters shear or fracture the formation
and consist of PDC material that does the
shearing or fracturing and a substrate that
supports the PDC material. Primary cutters
are those which have faces that are often
parallel to the leading side of a blade. Secondary
cutters may be on the top of the blade and
are effectively behind the primary cutters.
Examples of primary cutters and secondary
cutters are pointed out in Figure 3.1.2.1. Each
Each
cutter consists of a substrate, which is typically
tungsten carbide, and a diamond table, both of
which are pointed out in Figure 3.1.2.4. Te
diamond table is exposed and shears or fractures
the formation, while the substrate contains the
diamond table and is mostly concealed by the bit
body. Cutters may also have a conical diamond Figure 3.1.2.1 Rendering of a bit body, showing the locations of the
table, a rotating diamond table, a diamond blades, cutters, and a nozzle.

15
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

T H H I L L A S S O C I A T E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I T A S C O M PA
PA N Y )

and the shoulder.


shoulder.Tis is pointed
point ed out in Figure
3.1.2.6.
j. Gauge Pads and Gauge Area: Gauge pads
consist of the essentially vertical protrusions
adjacent to the blades that run to the shank.
Tey are pointed out in FigureF igure 3.1.2.3. Te
gauge pads may feature a nominal, straight-
relieved, step,
step, or taper design or a combination
of these. Examples
Examples of each of these designs
are included in Figure 3.1.2.7.
3.1.2.7 . Te gauge area
consists of anything below the OD (closer
to the connection) on the bit body. Tis is
pointed out in Figure 3.1.2.6.
k. Wear Elements: Wear
Wear elements are located Figure 3.1.2.2 Rendering of a bit body, showing
showing the locations of the
in the gauge pads, and are pointed out in leading side, trailing side, and top of a blade.
Figure 3.1.2.8.
l. Nozzles: Nozzles
Nozzles are threaded portholes
with
wi th O- ri ng se
seal
al s fr
from
om wh
whic
ic h fl ui d is
projected.
projec ted. Examples of nozzles are pointed
out in Figures 3.1.2.1 an
and 3.1.2.9.
m. Shank: Te shank is the area between the bit
connection and the gauge pads and junk slots
that includes the breaker slot. Tis is pointed
out in Figure 3.1.2.3.
n. Breaker Slot: Te breaker slot is similar to a
mill slot on a tool joint. It consists of a groove
that has been machined to allow for the
gripping of the bit when making up the bit
connection in the field as well as for stampings
to exist in a known location. Tis is pointed
out in Figure 3.1.2.3. Figure 3.1.2.3 Rendering of a bit body,
body, showing the gauge pad, junk
slot, shank, and breaker slot.
o. Bond Line: When the bit connection is
welded to the
the bit body,
body, a bond line may exist
at the interface. When inspected, the bond
line should appear perfectly transverse and
linear. An example of a bond line is pointed
out in Figure 3.1.2.8.
p. Base Metal: Te base metal consists of the
portion of a steel bit body that was originally
manufactured and should not be modified
or removed.
q. Hardfacing: Hardfacing consists of metal
deposited on the base metal by welding or
brazing, used to build-up the bit body. Figure 3.1.2.4 Rendering of a cutter,
cutter, showing the substrate and the
diamond table.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

16
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Figure 3.1.2.5 Rendering of a blade


with a cutter featuring a non-standard
diamond table geometry and a depth
of cut management element.
Figure 3.1.2.6
3.1.2.6 Rendering of
of a blade, showing
various areas on the blade.

Figure 3.1.2.7 Renderings of gauge pads with nominal, straight-


straight-relieved,
relieved, step, and taper designs.
designs.

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
17
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

T H H I L L A S S O C I A T E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I T A S C O M PA
PA N Y )

typically shear or fracture the formation during


drilling operations.
b. Polycr
Polycrystalli
ystalline
ne Diamond Compact Bits: PDC bits
are fixed cutter bits that use PDC cutters to shear the
formation. A PDC bit may have a matrix body or a
steel body. An example of a PDC bit can be seen in
Figure 3.1.2.1.
c. Matrix Body: If a bit body is comprised of composite
composite
material such as tungsten carbide with a binder alloy,
alloy,
then it is described as having a matrix body.
body.

d. it
Steel Body: If as
is described a bit bodya issteel
having comprised
body. of steel, then
then

e. Trough-Bits for Logging: Trough-bits are fixed


cutter bits which feature a central through-hole that
can be used to place a logging
l ogging tool or to pass a logging
tool through the bit. A through-bit may have a matrix
body or a steel
steel body.
b ody. An example
example of a through-bit can
be seen in Figure 3.1.3.1.
Figure 3.1.2.8 Example of a bit, showing
showing the wear
f. Coring Bits: Like through-bits, coring bits are fixed
elements and the bond line.
cutter bits which feature a central through-hole
that can be used to collect core samples from the
r. Backreamer:
Backreamer : A backreamer is a cutter that is located
formation. A coring bit may have a matrix body or
in the gauge area of a blade closer to the connection
than any other cutters and is typically near the edge a steel body.
of the gauge area. Backreamers are used to ream the g. Casing While Drilling Bits:Bits: Using
Using a top drive casing
hole in tight locations while pulling the bit out of the running tool, casing can be set while drilling opera-
hole. An example of a backreamer is pointed out in tions occur by connecting the drilling bit to the casing
Figure 3.1.2.9. directly.. For
directly For these operations, a Casing While Drilling
(CWD) bit is used. A CWD bit typically has a body
s. Root Radius: he root
radius consists of the fillet
that is present at the inter-
section of any protrusion,
such as a blade or gauge
pad, and the bit body.
3.1.3 Types of Bits
Te following definitions will
apply to the various types of
bits. All of the parts shown
in the figures are defined in
section 3.1.2.
a. Fixed Cutter Bits: Fixed Nozzle
cutter bits are drilling bits
that generally have no
moving parts but contain
cutters or inserts that Figure 3.1.2.9 Rendering of a bit body, showing a backreamer.

18
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

comprised of steel, aluminum, or a bronze alloy. An j. hermally


hermal ly Stable Polycryst
Polycrystalline
alline Bits: hermal
hermallyly
example of a CWD bit can be seen in Figure 3.1.3.2. Stable Polycrystalline (SP) bits contain synthetic
diamond inserts set into the surface of a matrix body.
h. Diamond Bits: Diamond bits are fixed cutter bits that
have diamond inserts impregnated into the bit body. k. Bi-
Bi-Center
Center Bits: Bi-center bits are fixed cutter bits
Diamond bits consist of a matrix body and may have that feature a pilot section and a reamer section. Te
a steel sleeve. An example of a diamond bit can be pilot section is similar to a typical PDC bit, while the
seen in Figure 3.1.3.3. reamer section consists of primary blades and cutters
that are on only one side of the bit. A bi-center bit
i. Natural Diamond Bits: Natural diamond bits contain may have a matrix body or a steel body. An example
naturally occurring diamond inserts set into the of a bi-center bit can be seen in Figure 3.1.3.4.
surface of a matrix body.
Figure 3.1.3.1 Rendering of
of a through-bit, showing various Figure 3.1.3.2
3.1.3.2 Rendering of
of a CWD bit, showing various
parts of the bit. parts of the bit.

-
-
`
,
,
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
,
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-

Figure 3.1.3.3 Rendering of a diamond bit, showing Figure 3.1.3.4 Rendering of a bi-center bit, showing various parts
various parts of the bit. of the bit.

19
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

T H H I L L A S S O C I A T E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I T A S C O M PA
PA N Y )

3.1.4 Inspection Apparatus visual connection inspection requirements will apply


apply..
A 12-inch metal ruler graduated in in 1/64 inch increments,
increments, If the bit has a proprietary connection not covered
a calibrated white light intensity meter, a calibrated “go” by this standard, the connection manufacturer’s visual
ring gauge, a calibrated
calibra ted “no-go” ring gauge, and a calibrated inspection requirements shall apply.
internal micrometer are required. For calibration require-
ments, see section 2.16. b. Te entire bit body shall be visually inspected. Cracks
and other damages shall be evaluated using the
3.1.5 Preparation acceptance criteria in either section
section 3.2 Bit Body 1
a. Each bit shall be uniquely serialized,
serialized, with a legible Inspection or section 3.3 Bit Body 2 Inspection, as
stamping included in the breaker slot (if present) or applicable.
other acceptable
acceptab le area. If the serial number
numb er is illegible,
the bit shall be rejected. c. Each cutter shall be visually inspected. Cracks and
other damages shall be evaluated using the acceptance
b. Te bit connection shall be clean so that no scale, criteria in section 3.4 Cutter 1 Inspection or section
mud, or lubricant can be wiped from the thread or 3.5 Cutter 2 Inspection, as applicable.
shoulder surfaces with a clean rag.
d. Te bit connection is not required
required to have a Stress
c. Te bit body shall
shall be free of paint and shall be clean Relief Feature (SRF), such as a Stress Relief Groove
so that the surface is visible and no surface particles (SRG), regardless of its size and connection type
larger than 1/8 inch in any dimension can be broken unless requested
requeste d by the customer. If SRFs are present,
loose with a fingernail. they shall be evaluated in accordance with section 3.12
Visual Bit Connection Inspection.
d. Te minimum illumination level at the inspection
surface shall be 50 foot-candles. Te white light in- 3.1.6.2 Dimensional Inspection
tensity level at the inspection surface shall be verified: a. Dimensional Bit Connection Inspection: Inspect
• At the start
start of each inspection; the bit connection in accordance with section 3.13
Dimensional Bit Connection Inspection, unless it
• When light fixtures
fixtures change positions or intensity; is a CWD bit or a diamond bit. A CWD bit will
have a connection that is compatible with casing.
• When there is a change in relative
relative position of
of the Te dimensional
dimensional inspection
inspection of this connection
connection is not
inspected surface with respect to the light fixture; covered by this standard. A diamond bit may not -
-
-
`

• When requested by the customer or a designated feature a connection. If this is the case, no dimensional ,
,
`
,
`
,
,

connection inspection requirements will apply.


`
,
,

representative; and
`
-
`
-
,
`
,
,
,
`

• Upon completion
completion of the inspection. b. Ring Gauging: Check the bit diameter of a fixed cut- `
`
`
`
`
,
,

ter bit by using “go” and “no-go” gauges. For accurate ,


`
`
,
`
`
`

measurement, the temperature


temperat ure of the “go” and “no-go”
“no-go”
,

Tese requirements do not apply to direct sunlight ,


`
,
`
,
,
,

conditions. If adjustments are required to the white gauges shall be within 20 degrees Fahrenheit
Fahrenheit of the ,
`
-
-

light intensity level at the inspection surface, all bit shank after being stabilized for
f or at least 30 minutes.
components inspected since the last white light Te “go
“go”” and “no-g
“no-go”
o” gauges shall be fabricate
fabricatedd from 1
intensity level verification shall be re-inspected. inch steel
bit size andatshall
plus have an1-1/2
minimum OD equal to the
inches. Tenominal
IDs of
3.1.6 Applicable Inspection Procedures the gauges shall be the:
3.1.6.1 Visual Inspection
a. Visual Connection Inspection:
Inspection: Inspect thethe bit con- • Nominal bit size +0.002
+0.002 inch (clearance) with a
nection in accordance with section 3.12 Visual Bit tolerance of +0.003 inch, -0 inches for the “go”
Connection Inspection, unless it is a CWD bit or a gauge; and
diamond bit. A CWD bit will have a connection that • Minimum bit size (as defined by API Spec 7-1
is compatible with casing.
c asing. Te visual inspection
in spection of this or the manufacturer’s requirements) -0.002 inch
connection is not covered by this standard. A diamond (interference) with a tolerance
toler ance of +0 inches, -0.003
bit may not feature a connection.
connect ion. If this is the case, no inch for the “no-go” gauge.

20
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Te IDs of the
the ring gauges shall be verified using the
the propagating between pockets are shown in able
internall micrometer. Te “go” gauge shall be carefully
interna careful ly 3.2.2, Figures 3.2.2.1.1 – 3.2.2.1.4.
applied over the length of the bit with a force which
does not exceed the weight of the ring gauge. For b. For bits
bits with a gauge
gauge OD greater
greater than or equal
equal to 10
acceptance, the “go” gauge shall pass smoothly over inches, no more than one crack propagating between
the bit and the bit shall not pass through the “no-go” no more than two pockets is acceptable in the gauge,
gauge. OD, cone, and shoulder areas of a single blade. Any
cracks propagating between pockets on the nose
c. Te bit connecti
connection
on is not required
required to have an SRF
SRF, are cause for rejection. Examples of acceptable and
such as an SRG, regardless of its size and connection rejectable cracks propagating between pockets are
type unless requested by the customer. If SRFs are shown in  able
able 3.2.2, Figures 3.2.2.1.5 – 3.2.2.1.8.
present, they shall be evaluated in accordance with
section 3.13 Dimensional Bit Connection Inspection. c. Crack
Crackss propagati
propagating
ng from any
any pocket
pocket that are
are only
present on the top portion of any blade and do not
3.1.6.3 Blacklight Connection Inspection propagate onto the leading side or trailing side of that
Inspect the bit connection in accordance with section
section blade are acceptable.
acceptab le. Any crack propagating
propagatin g onto the
3.14 Blacklight Connection Inspection (MPI). Any trailing side of a single blade is cause for rejection.
Exampless of acceptable and rejectable cracks are
Example
cracks in the threads are cause for rejection. Grinding to Examples of acceptable and rejectable cracks are
Examples
remove cracks is not permitted. Cracks and other indica- shown in able 3.2.2, Figures 3.2.2.1.9 – 3.2.2.1.14.
tions in a location past the interface between the threads d. Any crack
crack on the leading
leading side
side of a single
single blade that
that
and the bit body shall be evaluated using the acceptance exceeds 3/8 inch in any major direction is cause for
criteria in either section 3.2 Bit Body 1 Inspection or rejection. Any crack that propagates from the leading
section 3.3 Bit Body 2 Inspection, as applicable. side of any blade into the root radius or the adjacent
junk slot
slot is cause for
for rejection.
rejection. Only one
one crack
crack on
on the
3.1.6.4 Liquid Penet
Penetrant
rant Inspection leading side of a single blade that is no more than 3/8
Inspect the entire bit body in accordance with section inch in every major direction and does not propagate -
-

3.15 Liquid Penetrant Inspection. Cracks and other into the root radius or the adjacent junk slot is accept-
-
`
,
,
`

damages shall be evaluated using the acceptance criteria


,
`
,

able. Examples
Examples of acceptable and rejectable cracks are ,
`
,
,
`

in either section 3.2 Bit Body 1 Inspection or section shown in  able


able 3.2.2, Figures 3.2.2.1.15
3.2.2 .1.15 – 3.2.2.1.22.
3.2.2.1 .22.
-
`
-
,
`
,
,

3.3 Bit Body 2 Inspection. If liquid penetrant is used


,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,

to inspect cutters, cracks and other damages shall be e. Any crack


crack that only
only exists
exists in a junk slot that
that exceeds
exceeds ,
,
`
`
,
`
`

evaluated using the acceptance criteria in section 3.4 3/8 inch in any major direction is cause for rejection. `
,
,
`
,
`
,

Cutter 1 Inspection or section 3.5 Cutter 2 Inspection, Any crack that exist
existss in a junk slot that is withi
within
n 1 inch
,
,
,
`
-
-

as applicable. of any other crack is cause for rejection. Any crack


that propagates into any nozzle threads is cause for
rejection. In order for a crack that exists only in a junk
3.2 Bit Body 1 Inspection slot to be acceptable, it shall not be greater than 3/8
3.2.1 Scope inch in every major direction and shall not be within
Visual inspection and Liquid Penetrant Inspection (LPI) 1 inch of any other crack and shall not propagate
techniques shall be used to examine the body of a used bit. into any nozzle
rejectable cracksthreads. Examples
are shown in  of acceptable
able
able and
3.2.2, Figures
3.2.2 Cracks and Porosity in Matrix Bit Body 3.2.2.1.23 – 3.2.2.1.31.
3.2.2.1 Pockets, Blades, Junk Slots, and Nozzles f. If a conical
conical cutter
cutter is
is present
present at the
the center
center of the bit,
bit,
a. For
For bits with
with a gauge OD
OD less than 10
10 inches,
inches, no more then no more than one crack propagating from the
than one crack propagating between no more than pocket of that cutter is acceptable if the crack does not
two pockets is acceptable in the gauge and OD areas exceed 3/8 inch in every major direction and is not
of a single blade. Any cracks propagating between within 1 inch of any other
other crack
crack and does not extend
pockets on the cone, nose, or shoulder are cause for into any nozzle threads. Examples of acceptable and
rejection. Examples of acceptable and rejectable cracks rejectable cracks propagating from the pocket of a

21
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

T H H I L L A S S O C I A T E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I T A S C O M PA
PA N Y )

conical cutter at the center of the bit are shown in 3.2.3 Cracks and Porosity in Steel Bit Body
able
able 3.2.2, Figures 3.2.2.1.32
3.2.2.1.32 – 3.2.2.1.37.
3.2.2.1.37. 3.2.3.1 Hardfacing
Any cracks in the hardfa
hardfacing
cing are accept
acceptable
able as long as the
3.2.2.2 Gauge Pads cracks do not propagate into the base metal. Examples
Examples
Cracks propagating between the wear elements on of acceptable and rejectable cracks are included in able
the gauge pad are acceptable. Cracks propagating on 3.2.3, Figures 3.2.3.1.1 – 3.2.3.1.10. Any void or pore on
the leading or trailing side of a gauge pad are also any part of any blade that exceeds 1/16 inch in any major
acceptable if they are not mostly vertical (parallel with direction or depth shall be cause for rejection.
the longitudinal axis of the bit) and do not propagate
into the root radius of the gauge pad or the adjacent 3.2.3.2 Base Metal
junk slot. Examples
Examples of acceptable and rejectable cracks Any cracks shall be cause for rejection. Examples of
on the gauge pad are shown in  able
able 3.2.2, Figures rejectable cracks in the base metal are shown in able
3.2.2.2.1 – 3.2.2.2.6. 3.2.3, Figures 3.2.3.2.1 – 3.2.3.2.11.
3.2.2.3 Shank and Breaker Slot 3.2.3.3 Shank and Breaker Slot
Any crack shall be cause for rejection
rejection.. Examples of Any crack shall be cause for rejection
rejection.. Example
Exampless of
rejectable cracks in the shank and breaker slot are shown
rejectable cracks in the shank and breaker slot are shown
in able 3.2.2, Figures 3.2.2.3.1 – 3.2.2.3.4. in 
able
able 3.2.3, Figures 3.2.3.3.1
3.2.3.3.1 – 3.2.3.3.4.
3.2.3.3.4.
3.2.2.4 Bond Line and Separation Line 3.2.3.4 Closed Loop Surface Marks
a. When the bit connection is welded to the bit body, a A surface
surface mark
mark that
that forms a closed loop shall be accept-
bond line may exist at the interface.
interfa ce. When inspected,
ins pected, able on any part of the base metal as long as the entirety
the bond line should appear perfectly transverse and of the closed loop can be visually verified when the bit
linear. Any void or other imperfection surrounding body is inspected. Examples of acceptable closed loop
the bond line that exceeds 13/64 inch in any major surface marks are
are shown in able
able 3.2.3, Figures 3.2.3.4.1
direction or 3/64 inch in depth is cause for rejection.
Any void or impe
imperfecti
rfection
on that is withi
within
n 2 inche
inchess of any and 3.2.3.4.2.
other void or imperfection is cause
cau se for rejection. Some 3.2.3.5 Repair of Cracks and Porosity
examples of bond line imperfections are included in Any cracks, voids, or pores in the hardfacing which
able
 able 3.2.2, Figures 3.2.2.4.1
3.2.2.4.1 and 3.2.2.4.2. are cause for rejection per paragraph 3.2.3.1 may be
b. Te separation line
line at the shoulder of a non-integral repaired by welding provided that they are repaired in
blank, 3-piece bit shall be acceptable. Examples of accordance with the tool owner’s written Weld Procedure
separation lines are shown in able 3.2.2, Figures Specification (WPS). Tese procedures
procedures and supporting
3.2.2.4.3 – 3.2.2.4.5. Any void or other imperfection
imperfection documents, such as Procedure Qualification Reports
surrounding the separation line that exceeds 13/64 (PQRs) and Welder
Welder Performance Qualification (WPQ)
( WPQ)
inch in any major direction or 3/64 inch in depth is records shall be made available to the customer or a
cause for rejection. Any void or imperfection that is customer representative upon request.
within 2 inches of any other void or imperfection is 3.2.4 Wear and Erosion of Bit Body
cause for rejection. In order to determine whether or not wear or erosion to
the bit body is acceptable, the bit body shall be classified
3.2.2.5 Through-Hole for Through-Bit or Coring Bit as Bit Body Reference Condition A, B, C, or D. Te Bit
Any crack that propagates into the through-hole of a Body Reference Condition shall be determined through
through-bit or a coring bit shall be cause for rejection. a visual examination of the bit body
body and comparison with
Any pit that is measured or visually estimated to be Figure 3.2.4.1 – Figure 3.2.4.27.
deeper than 1/8 inch shall be cause for rejection.
a. Any bit with a Bit Body Reference Condition of A
3.2.2.6 Other Imperfections shall be accepted as in “new condition.” Te bit body
Other non-linear imperfections, such as porosity or voids shall not feature any chipping/spalling, corrosion, ero-
ero-
from the matrix casting process, shall not exceed 3/16 sion, or other damage to any area including the junk
inch in any dimension. slots and the shank. All depth of cut management
22 --`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

elements shall be free of any wear of other damage. the gauge area with a ground tip is shown in Figure
Te gauge pads shall be free of any wear or other 3.2.4.28 included in able
able 3.2.4.
damage, as shall the wear elements.
element s. However,
However, a gauge
pad with a step or taper design or a combination of
these is acceptable. Wear, erosion, or other damage 3.3 Bit Body 2 Inspection
to nozzle threads or a nozzle seat shall be cause for 3.3.1 Scope
rejection. Figures 3.2.4.1 – 3.2.4.5 included in able Visual inspection and Liquid Penetrant Inspection (LPI)
3.2.4 illustrate examples of Bit Body Reference techniques shall be used to examine the body of a new bit.
Condition A. Te accept
acceptance
ance criteria for the new bit body may also apply
b. Any bit with a Bit Body Reference Condition of B to the body of a used bit, if this application is requested
shall be accepted as in “used condition.”
condit ion.” Te body,, by the customer.
T e bit body
including the gauge pads, may feature minor wear
or erosion, and the wear elements may have slight 3.3.2 Cracks in Matrix Bit Body
damage. Any depth of cut management element 3.3.2.1 Pockets, Blades, Junk Slots, and Nozzles
that is non-replaceable may have minor wear, but Diamond inserts in a diamond bit shall be inspected as -
-
-
`

part of the matrix bit body. Any crack shall be cause for
,
,
`

any replaceable depth of cut management element ,


`
,
,
`
,
,
`
shall be free of wear or other damage. A gauge pad rejection. Examples of rejectable cracks are shown in -
`
-
,

able
 able 3.3.2, Figures 3.3.2.1.1 – 3.3.2.1.9.
`
,
,

with a step or taper design


design or a combination
combination of these ,
`
`
`
`
`
`

is acceptable.
acceptable. Te nozzles may exhibit minor wear ,
,
,
`
`

3.3.2.2 Gauge Pads


,
`

or erosion. Figures 3.2.4.6 – 3.2.4.13 included in


`
`
,
,
`

Any crack shall be cause for rejection


rejection.. Examples of
,
`
,

able
 able 3.2.4 illustrat
illustratee examples of Bit Body Reference ,
,
,
`

rejectable cracks are shown in able 3.3.2


3.3.2,, Figu
Figures
res
-
-

Condition B.
3.3.2.2.1 – 3.3.2.2.2.
c. Any bit with a Bit Body Reference Condition of C
shall be rejected. Bit Body Reference Condition C is 3.3.2.3 Shank and Breaker Slot

characterized
body and slightby loss
significant erosion
of material. Te orgauge
wear ofpad
theand
bit Any crackcracks
rejectable shall inbethecause
shankfor
andrejection
rejection.
breaker.slot
Examples of
are shown
wear elements may show signs of significant damage, in 
able
able 3.3.2, Figures 3.3.2.3.1
3.3.2.3.1 – 3.3.2.3.4.
and undercutting may start to expose the wear ele-
ments or the backreamer,
bac kreamer, if present.
present . Te nozzles
nozzl es may 3.3.2.4 Bond Line and Separation Line
exhibit significant erosion,
erosion , includin
includingg missing threads. a. When the bit connection is welded to the bit body, a
Figures 3.2.4.14 – 3.2.4.19 included
inc luded in able
able 3.2.4 il- bond line may exist at the interface.
interfa ce. When inspected,
ins pected,
lustrate examples of Bit Body Reference Condition C. the bond line should appear perfectly transverse and
linear. Any void or other imperfection surrounding
d. Any bit with a Bit
Bit Body Reference Condition
Condition of D the bond line that exceeds 13/64 inch in any major
shall be rejected. Bit Body Reference Condition D is direction or 3/64 inch in depth is cause for rejection.
characterized by severe erosion or wear of the bit body Any void or impe
imperfecti
rfection
on that is withi
within
n 2 inche
inchess of any
and loss of material.
materi al. Te gauge pad and wear elements other void or imperfection is cause
cau se for rejection. Some
may show signs of severe damage, and undercutting examples of bond line imperfections are included in
may severely expose the wear elements or the able
 able 3.3.2, Figures 3.3.2.4.1
3.3.2.4.1 and 3.3.2.4.2.
backreamer, if present. Te nozzles may exhibit
exhib it severe
erosion, including multiple missing threads. Figures b. Te separation line at the shoulder
shoulder of a non-integral
3.2.4.20 – 3.2.4.27 included
inc luded in able 3.2.4 illustrate blank, 3-piece bit shall be acceptable. Examples of
examples of Bit Body Reference Condition D. separation lines are shown in able 3.3.2, Figures
3.3.2.4.3 – 3.3.2.4.5. Any void or other imperfection
e. If a depth of cut management
management element is present
present in surrounding the separation line that exceeds 13/64
the gauge area, then it may be ground in order to pass inch in any major direction or 3/64 inch in depth
d epth is
the ring gauging inspection. Tis shall be acceptable if cause for rejection. Any void or imperfection that is
the grinding is relatively uniform and possibly present within 2 inches of any other void or imperfection is
on a nearby cutter or other parts of the bit body. An cause for rejection.
example of a depth of cut management element in
23
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

T H H I L L A S S O C I A T E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I T A S C O M PA
PA N Y )

3.3.2.5 Through-Hole for Through-Bit or Coring relatively uniform and possibly present on a nearby
n earby cutter
Bit or other parts
part s of the bit body
bod y. An
An example of a depth
de pth of cut
Any crack that propagates into the through-hole of a managementt element in the gauge area with a ground
managemen ground tip
through-bit or a coring bit shall be cause for rejection. is shown in Figure 3.3.5.1 included in able
able 3.3.5.
Any pit that is measured or visually estimated to be
deeper than 1/8 inch shall be cause for rejection.
3.4 Cutter 1 Inspection
3.3.3 Cracks in Steel Bit Body
3.4.1 Scope
3.3.3.1 Hardfacing Visual Inspection and/or Liquid Penetrant Inspection
Any crack shall be cause for rejection, except hairline (LPI) techniques shall be used to examine the used cutters
cracks in the hardfacing are permissible as long as they of a bit or fixed-cutter reamer.
do not extend into the base metal. A hairline crack is

defined as Any
fingernail. a finevoid
crack that cannot
or pore on any be
partcaught
of anywith
bladea 3.4.2 Preparation
3.4.2.1 Bit Cutter Identication
that exceeds 1/16 inch in any major direction or depth a. Each cutter shall be uniquely identified in the inspec-
shall be cause for rejection. Examples
Exa mples of acceptable tion documentation.
and rejectable cracks are shown in able 3.3.3, Figures
3.3.3.1.1 – 3.3.3.1.9. b. It is recommended that the blade with the cutter that
is lowest and closest to the center of the bit is identi-
3.3.3.2 Base Metal fied as Blade 1 (B1). Blade
Blade 1 should then be marked
Any crack shall be cause for rejection
rejection.. Examples of using a permanent marker, such as a paint marker.
rejectable cracks are shown in able 3.3.3
3.3.3,, Figu
Figures
res When looking down at the nozzles of the bit (with
3.3.3.2.1– 3.3.3.2.12. the connection facing opposite), the blade adjacent to
B1 when moving in a clockwise direction should be
3.3.3.3 Shank and Breaker Slot identified as B2. Each blade should then be identified
Any crack shall be cause for rejection
rejection.. Examples of consecutively by moving in a clockwise direction until
rejectable
rejectable cracks in the shank and breaker slot are shown B1 is reached again.
again . An
An example
example of this identification
identification -
-
-

for the blades can be seen in Figure 3.5.2.1.


`

in able 3.3.3, Figures 3.3.3.3.1 – 3.3.3.3.4. ,


,
`
,
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
-

3.3.3.4 Closed Loop Surface Marks c. Te primary cutter that is closest to the center of of `
-
,
`
,
,
,

A surface
surface mark
mark that forms a closed loop shall be accept- the bit and is on Blade 1 should be identified as `
`
`
`
`
`
,

Primary Cutter 1 (PC1) on B1. Te primary cutter


,
,
`

able on any part of the base metal as long as the entirety `


,
`
`
`

of the closed loop can be visually verified when the bit that is adjacent to PC1 on B1 and second closest to ,
,
`
,
`
,
,

body is inspected. Examples of acceptable closed loop the center of the bit on B1 should be identified as ,
,
`
-
-

surface marks are shown in able


able 3.3.3, Figures 3.3.3.4.1 PC2 on B1. Each primary cutter on a single blade
and 3.3.3.4.2. should continue to be identified consecutively based
on the distance from the center. Secondary cutters
3.3.4 Diamond Bit Body and Sleeve Interface shall be identified similarly to primary cutters, with
Any transverse indication at the interface between the the secondary cutter that is closest to the center of
matrix body
cause for and the
rejection steel
if the sleeve of isa perfectly
indication diamondlinear
bit is and
not the bit and
1 (SC1) is onAn
on B1. B1example
identified
exam as Secondary
ple of this Cutter
identification
identification for
exists in multiple locations spaced apart. An example of the cutters can be seen in
i n Figure 3.5.2.2.
the interface between the matrix body and the steel sleeve
of a diamond bit is shown in Figure 3.3.4.1 includedincluded in d. Other identification systems for the cutters are
able
 able 3.3.4. acceptable as long as the cutters can be uniquely
identified and the identification system is included
3.3.5 Wear of Bit Body in the inspection documentation.
Te bit body shall feature no signs of wear. However
However,, if a
depth of cut management element is present in the gauge 3.4.2.2 Reamer Cutter Identication
area, then it may be ground in order to pass the ring gaug- a. Each cutter shall be uniquely identified in the inspec-
ing inspection. Tis shall be acceptable if the grinding is tion documentation.

24
Copyright THIHS
Provided by HillMarkit
Associates,
under Inc.
license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

b. Te nomenclature used to identify the reamer


reamer blocks An example of a rotating cutter is shown in Figure
& arms (such as Block A, B, and C) may be applied 3.4.3.2.1 included in able 3.4.3.
while labelling individual
individual PDC cutters.
b. Te exposed cutting edgeedge of the diamond table and
c. Cutters in the Leading Row (LR) may be labelled labelled,, the substrate shall not feature any cracks or chipping/
starting from the bottom cutter, as Cutter 1 (C1). spalling, or the cutter shall be rejected. Examples of
Te cutters in the trailing/back row(s) (BR) can be rejectable cutters are shown in able 3.4.3, Figures
labelled accordingly
accordingl y, labelling the first cutter
cu tter from the 3.4.3.2.2 – 3.4.3.2.5.
bottom as Cutter 1.
c. If the cutter diameter is
is less than or equal to 9/16
d. Other identification systems for the cutters are inch, then no more than one crack or chipped/spalled
chipped/spall ed
acceptable as long as the cutters can be uniquely area is acceptable on a single cutter if every point of
identified and the identification system is included the crack or chipped/spalled area is within 1/16 inch
in the inspection documentation. to the non-exposed edge of the cutter and no point
of the crack enters the exposed edge of the cutter. If
3.4.2.3 Measuring Cutter Size the cutter diameter is greater than 9/16 inch, then
Te cutter siz
sizee shall be measure
measuredd to deter
determine
mine the no more than one crack or chipped/spalled area is
diameter of the cutter (when intact, forming
forming a full size acceptable on a single cutter if every point of the
circle) to the nearest 1/16 inch using a metal ruler. Te crack or chipped/spalled area is within 1/8 inch to the
cutter size may also be measured using a disc, such
such as a non-exposed edge of the cutter and no point of the
coin, with a diameter of 9/16 inch ± 1/32 inch. Te disc crack enters the exposed
expos ed edge of the cutter. Examples
shall be placed on the cutter to determine if the cutter of acceptable and rejectable cutters are shown in able
able
is less than or equal to or greater than 9/16 inch. Tis 3.4.3, Figures 3.4.3.2.6 – 3.4.3.2.13.
information is necessary to determine the acceptance
criteria for damage to the cutter. d. More than one crack or more than one chipped/
spalled area on a single cutter, even if the damage
3.4.3 Condition of Cutters does not enter
ente r the exposed edge of the cutter,
cu tter, is cause
Te following acceptance criteria apply to the inspection for rejection. Any crack that propagates from the
of used primary and secondary cutters including their cutter into the substrate shall be cause for rejection,
substrates. Each condition below is independent of the regardless of the size of the crack. Examples of ac-
other conditions. For example, if a single cutter has an ceptable and rejectable cracks and chipping/spalling
acceptable crack as well as acceptable wear, the cutter on the cutters are show n in able 3.4.3, Figures
itself is still acceptable. If a single cutter has an acceptable 3.4.3.2.14 – 3.4.3.2.16.
crack and rejectable wear, the cutter shall be marked and
the bit rejected. Conical cutters shall be evaluated by only 3.4.3.3 Substrate Erosion and Corrosion
applying the acceptance criteria in Paragraph 3.4.3.6. Te a. Te exposed cutting edge of the diamond
diamond table shall
visible portion of of every cutter shall be inspected,
inspected, even if a not feature any erosion or corrosion, or the cutter
rejectable cutter is found. If any rejectable cutters are found, shall be rejected. -
-
-
`
,
,
`

each one shall be marked. ,


`
,
,

b. No more than one area of erosion is acceptable on a


`
,
,
`
-
`
-
,
`
,
,
,

3.4.3.1 Orientation Markings single


inch insubstrate if the
ion.erosion doesone
notarea
exceed 7/64
`
`
`

any dimension.
dimens More than of erosion
`
`
`

Any mar
markin
kingg pu
purp
rpose
osefu
fullllyy app
applie
lied
d to a cut
cutter
ter for ,
,
,
`

on a single substrate or erosion that exceeds 7/64


`
,
`

identification or orientation shall not be considered an


`
`
,
,
`

imperfection and shall be acceptable.


acceptable. An example
example of an inch in any dimension shall be cause for rejection. ,
`
,
,
,
,
`

Examples of acceptable
acceptable and rejectable erosion of the
-
-

orientation mark is shown in Figure 3.4.3.1.1 included


included
in able 3.4.3. substrate are shown in able 3.4.3, Figures 3.4.3.3.1
– 3.4.3.3.9.
3.4.3.2 Cracks and Chipping/Spalling
a. Rotating Cutters:
Cutters : If a rotating cutter is present, the 3.4.3.4 Wear
ring that is created by the socket of the rotating cutter
cutt er a. Te exposed cutting edge of the diamond
diamond table shall
shall not be cause for rejection, as this is not
n ot a crack. not feature any wear, or the cutter shall be rejected.

25
Copyrightby
Provided THIHS
HillMarkit
Associates,
under Inc.
license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

T H H I L L A S S O C I A T E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I T A S C O M PA
PA N Y )

Examples of rejectable cutters are shown in able 3.5 Cutter 2 Inspection


3.4.3, Figures 3.4.3.4.1 and 3.4.3.4.2.
3.5.1 Scope
b. If the cutter diameter is less than or equal
equal to 9/16 inch, Visual Inspection and/or Liquid Penetrant Inspection
then no more than two areas of wear are acceptable (LPI) techniques shall be used to examine the new cutters
on a single cutter if the gap between the cutter pocket of a bit or fixed-cutter reamer. Te acceptance criteria for
and the wear line does not exceed 1/16 inch and no the new cutters may also apply to the cutters of a used tool,
point of the wear enters the exposed edge of the cutter
cutter.. if this application is requested by the customer
customer..
If the cutter diameter is greater than 9/16 inch, then
no more than two areas of wear are acceptable on a 3.5.2 Preparation
single cutter if the gap between the cutter pocket and 3.5.2.1 Bit Cutter Identication
the wear line does not exceed 1/8 inch and no point of a. Each cutter shall be uniquely identified in the inspec-
the wear enters the exposed edge of the cutter. Areas tion documentation.
of wear that overlap one another shall be cause for
rejection, even if only two areas of wear are present. b. It is recommended that the blade with the cutter that
Example
xampless of accep
acceptable
table and rejec
rejectable
table wear are shown is lowest and closest to the center of the bit is identi-
in able 3.4.3, Figures 3.4.3.4.3 – 3.4.3.4.6. fied as Blade 1 (B1). Blade
Blade 1 should then be marked
using a permanent marker, such as a paint marker.
c. If a cutter is present in the gauge area, then it may be When looking down at the nozzles of the bit (with
uniformly ground in order to pass the ring gauging the connection facing opposite), the blade adjacent to
inspection. An example of a cutter in the gauge B1 when moving in a clockwise direction should be
area with a ground tip is is shown in Figure 3.4.3.4.7 identified as B2. Each blade should then be identified
included in  able
able 3.4.3.
3 .4.3. consecutively by moving in a clockwise direction until
B1 is reached again. An example of this identification
3.4.3.5 Interfacial Damage for the blades can be seen in Figure 3.5.2.1.
Interfacial damage is defined as an imperfection that
exists at of
substrate thea cutter.
interface of thethan
No more diamond
one areatableintand the
of interfacial
erfacial c. the
Te bit
primary
and iscutter that is1 closest
on Blade should to
be the center as
identified of
of
damage is acceptable on a single cutter if the damage does Primary Cutter 1 (PC1) on B1. Te primary cutter
not exceed 1/16 inch in any dimension. More than one that is adjacent to PC1 on B1 and second closest to
area of interfacial damage on a single cutter or damage
that exceeds 1/16 inch in any dimension shall be cause
for rejection. Examples of acceptable and rejectable
interfacial damage are shown
shown in  able
able 3.4.3, Figures
F igures
3.4.3.5.1 and 3.4.3.5.2.

3.4.3.6 Conical Cutters


Chipping/spalling or other forms of pitting are accept-
able on a single conical cutter if every pit does not exceed
1/32 inch in any dimension.
di mension. Wear
Wear of the conical
conica l nose tip
is acceptable on a single cutter if the sharpest point of
the tip does not exceed 3/64 inch any dimension. Any
pits that exceed 1/32 inch in any dimension or wear
that exceeds 3/64 inch in any dimension shall be cause
for rejection. Any cracks, erosion, corrosion, interfacial
damage, or substrate damage shall also be cause for
rejection. Examples of acceptable and rejectable damage
to conical cutters are shown in  able
able 3.4.3, Figures
3.4.3.6.1 – 3.4.3.6.9. Figure 3.5.2.1 Recommended identication for the blades.
-
-
`
,
,
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
`
`
,
`

26 `
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`

Copyrightby
Provided THIHS
HillMarkit
Associates,
`
,
, under Inc.
license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
,
`
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
,
-
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
`
-
`
,
,
`

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

the center of the bit on B1 should be identified as identified and the identification system is included
PC2 on B1. Each primary cutter on a single blade in the inspection documentation.
should continue to be identified consecutively based
on the distance from the center. Secondary cutters 3.5.2.3 Measuring Cutter Size
Size
shall be identified similarly to primary cutters, with Te cutte
cutterr size shall be measu
measured
red to deter
determine
mine the
the secondary cutter that is closest to the center of diameter of the cutter (when intact, forming a full size
the bit and is on B1 identified as Secondary Cutter circle) to the nearest 1/16 inch using a metal ruler. Te
1 (SC1) on B1. An example of this identification for cutter size may also be measured using a disc, such as a
the cutters can be seen in Figure 3.5.2.2. coin, with a diameter of 9/16 inch ± 1/32 inch. Te disc
shall be placed on the cutter to determine if the cutter
d. Other identification systems for the cutters are is less than or equal to or greater than 9/16 inch. Tis
acceptable as long as the cutters can be uniquely information is necessary to determine the acceptance
identified and the identification system is included
in the inspection documentation. criteria for damage to the cutter
cutter..
3.5.3 Condition of Cutters
3.5.2.2 Reamer Cutter Identication Cutters that have any cracks, chipping/spalling, substrate
a. Each cutter shall be uniquely identified in the inspec- erosion, wear, corrosion, or interfacial damage shall be
tion documentation. cause for rejection. Interfacial damage is defined as an -
-
-

imperfection that exists at the interface of the diamond


`
,
,
`
,

b. Te nomenclature used to identify the reamerreamer blocks table and the substrate of a cutter. Te visible portion of
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
-

& arms (such as Block A, B, and C) may be applied every cutter shall be inspected even if a rejectable cutter is `
-
,
`
,
,
,

while labelling individual


individual PDC cutters.
`
`

found. If a rotating cutter is present, the ring that is created


`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`

labelled,, by the socket of the rotating cutter shall not be cause for
`
,

c. Cutters in the Leading Row (LR) may be labelled


`
`
`
,
,

starting from the bottom cutter, as Cutter 1 (C1). rejection, as this is not a crack. Any marking purposefully
`
,
`
,
,
,
,

Te cutters in the trailing/back row(s) (BR) can be applied to a cutter for identification or orientation shall not
`
-
-

labelled accordingly cu tter from the be considered an imperfection and shall be acceptable. If a
accordingl y, labelling the first cutter
bottom as Cutter 1. cutter is present in the gauge area then it may be uniformly
ground in order to pass the ring gauging inspection. If
d. Other identification systems for the cutters are any rejectable cutters are found, each one shall be marked.
acceptable as long as the cutters can be uniquely Examples of acceptable and rejectable conditions of cutters
are shown in able 3.5.3, Figures 3.5.3.1 – 3.5.3.11.

3.6 General Reamer Cutter Inspection


3.6.1 Scope
his proced
procedure
ure cover
coverss the insp
inspectio
ection
n and accept
acceptance
ance
criteria of new and used cutting structures for reamers,
including the inspection of cutter block and cutter arm
bodies for underreamers and hole openers. Te types of
cutting structures covered
covered by this procedure are defined
in sections 3.6.2 and 3.6.3. Tis procedure does not cover
the inspection of cutting structures for milling and fishing
tools.
3.6.2 Parts of Reamer Cutting Structures
a. Reamers: Reamers
Reamers are tools used to enlarge a wellbore
past its original drilled
dr illed size. ypes
ypes of reamers included
includ ed
in this procedure are expandable underreamers and
Figure 3.5.2.2 Recommended identication for the cutters.
fixed-diameter hole openers.

27
Copyrightby
Provided THIHS
HillMarkit
Associates,
under Inc.
license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

T H H I L L A S S O C I A T E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I T A S C O M PA
PA N Y )

b. Underreamers:
Underream ers: Underream
Underreamersers are tools with down- diamond table is exposed and shears or fractures the
hole-deployable arms and cutter blocks that allow formation, while the substrate contains the diamond
a larger hole to be drilled below a smaller opening table and is mostly concealed by the cutter block
after the underreamer is placed at the desired depth body. Cutters may also
a lso have a conical
coni cal diamond table,
in the well. Te cutter blocks/arms expand under an a rotating diamond table, a diamond table with a
actuation force, usually hydraulic differential
different ial pressure protruding geometry, or a diamond table with a
while fluid is pumped through the underreamers or geometry other than a cylinder. An example of a
a compressive force (such as weight on bit) acting on cutter with a non-standard geometry is shown in
the underreamer, or a combination of the two. Figure 3.1.2.5.
c. Hole Openers: Hole Openers
Openers are fixed-diameter c. Pockets: Pockets
Pockets are the portions of a blade that
tools that are commonly used in drilling larger contain the cutters.
top-hole sections where there are no restrictions.
Hole openers are used in all facets of drilling a well d. Depth of Cut Management Element: A depth of
for actually enlarging the hole, acting as a stabilizer, cut management element is either part of the cutter
or using for a wiper trip (to ensure hole is to gauge). block/arm body or consists of carbide or diamond set
Hole openers usually are run with roller cones but, into the body. Each element may protrude from the
as the hole sizes get smaller, sometimes bladed hole row near the cutters in its own pocket or may be part
openers are preferred, which do not use roller cones. of the top of the row that is designed to contact the
Hole openers have cutter blocks or arms that do not formation at a specified penetration per revolution.
actuate during operation. An example
example of a depth of cut
cut management element
is shown in Figure 3.1.2.5.
Both underreamers and hole openers may have milled
tooth, PDC, or tungsten carbide inserts (TCI) which e. Nozzles: Nozzles are threaded portholes with O-ring
may vary depending on the formation to be cut. seals from which fluid is is projected. Examples
Examples of
nozzles are pointed out in Figure 3.6.3.1.
d. Cutter Blocks: Cutter Blocks are mounted with
cutting structures made of polycrystalline diamond f. Base Metal: Te base metal consists of the portion
compact (PDC). Tese are often subjected to high of a steel cutter block or arm that was originally
loads and vibration. manufactured.

e. Cutter Arms: Cutter Arms are fixed or moveable arms g. Stabilizer


Stabili zer or Gauge Pads: Stabili
Stabilizer
zer or gauge pads
that are configured to move outwardly in response to consist may consist of vertical protrusions, wear
actuation of the expandable downhole tool. elements, or PDC cutters on the cutter block bodies.
Tey are pointed out in Figure 3.6.3.1. Te gauge
3.6.3 Parts of a Cutter Block pads may feature a nominal, straight-relieved, step,
a. Rows: Cutter rows are protrusions from the cutter or taper design or a combination of these.
block or cutter arm that contain pockets to house -

cutters or inserts. A leading or front row is the row h. Wear Elements: Wear elements are located in the -
-
`
,
,
`
,

gauge pads, and are pointed out in Figure 3.6.3.1.


`
,
,

of the reamer cutter block/arm facing the direction `


,
,
`
-
`
-

of rotation and will be the first row to contact the ,


`
,
,
,
`

i. Hardfacing: Hardfacin
Hardfacingg consists of metal deposite
depositedd
`

formation as the reamer is rotated. A cutter block


`
`
`

on the base metal by welding or brazing, used to `


,
,
,
`

may have one or more rows of cutters behind the build-up and protect the cutter block/arm.
`
,
`
`
`
,
,

leading row, with these rows termed middle or back `


,
`
,
,
,
,

row, as applicable.
`

j. Bac kre
kreame
amer:
r: h
hee bac kre
kreame
amerr cut
cutti
ting
ng st
stru
ructu
ctu re -
-

contains cutters located above the gauge area of cutter


b. Cutters: Cutters
Cutters shear or fracture
fracture the formation and block/arm and usually contact the formation during
dur ing
consist of PDC material that does the shearing or backreaming operations.
fracturing and a substrate that supports the PDC
material. Each cutter consists of a substrate, which k. Retention or Actuation Grooves: Actuation or
is typically tungsten carbide, and
and a diamond table,
table, retention grooves are features (such as ridges) that
both of which are pointed out in Figure 3.1.2.4. Te engage with corresponding features in the pockets of

28
Copyright THIHS
Provided by HillMarkit
Associates,
under Inc.
license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

the reamer body to secure the cutter block/arm in the 3.6.6 Preparation
reamer and, where applicable, allow the cutter block/ a. Each cutter block or
or arm shall be removed
removed from the
arm to expand under actuation force. reamer body if possible without damage to the tool.
If a cutter arm consists of separate bodies connected
l. Handling Ports: Te reamer cutter block or arm through hinge pin(s), each body shall be disassembled
may have threaded ports to facilitate assembly and from the other by removing the hinge pin(s).
disassembly with the reamer.
b. Each cutter block or arm
arm shall be uniquely serialized,
3.6.4 Parts of a Cutter Arm with a legible stamping included
inc luded on the arm/block
Reamer cutter arms may consist of a single body or multiple body. Components with no serialization shall be
bodies each connected to the others by hinge joints. Te rejected unless the customer waives this requireme
requirement.
nt.
cutter arms may have a fixed diameter for hole openers
or may expand and contract under actuation forces for c. If the reamer design dictates that a cutter block/arm
block/arm
underreamers. Te cutter arms may contain PDC cutters or be installed in a specific pocket/slot in the reamer
have a roller cone cutting structure
structure (with either milled tooth body, the cutter block/arm
bloc k/arm shall have a unique
uni que legible
or CI cutting structure). See Figures 3.6.4.1 and 3.6.4.2. stamped identifier matching it to the corresponding
cutter pocket in the reamer body.
3.6.5 Inspection Apparatus
A 12-inch
12-inch metal ruler graduated in 1/64 inch increments,
increments, d. Te cutter arm/block, including the cutting structures
“go” and “no-go” ring gauges, a calibrated
c alibrated white light
li ght meter, (PDC or roller cone cutters) shall be clean so that no
and a calibrated internal
internal micrometer are required. For scale, mud, or lubricant can be wiped from the surfaces
calibration requireme
requirements
nts,, see section 2.16. with a clean rag.

Backreaming
Cutting Structure

-
-
`
,
,
Gauge
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
Pad/Stabilizer
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
,
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-

Fluid Flow Path


Wear
Elements

PDC Cutters

Grooves for
Actuation Trailing Row of
Cutters

Leading Row
of Cutters

Figure 3.6.3.1 Rendering of a reamer


reamer cutter block.

29
Copyright THIHS
Provided by HillMarkit
Associates,
under Inc.
license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

T H H I L L A S S O C I A T E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I T A S C O M PA
PA N Y )

Backreaming
cutting structure
Hinge pin for
cutter block

Leading row
of cutters

Trailing row
of cutter

Figure 3.6.4.1 Rendering of a hinge-type


hinge-type reamer PDC cutter
cutter block.

-
-
`
,
,
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
,
`
`

Figure 3.6.4.2 Pictures of a roller cone reamer arm and hole opener arms with milled tooth and TCI cutting
`
`
`
`
,
cutting structures.
,
,
`
,
-
`
-
`
,

e. Te cutter arm/block
arm/block shall be free of paint and shall
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
• When there is a change in relative
relative position of the
the
be clean so that the surface is visible and no surface inspected surface with respect to the light fixture;
,
`
-
-
-

particles larger than 1/8 inch in any dimension can


be broken loose with a fingernail. • When requested by the customer or a designated
representative; and
f. Te minimum illumination level at the inspection
inspection
surface shall be 50 foot-candles. Te white light in- • Upon completion
completion of the inspection.
inspection.
tensity level at the inspection surface shall be verified:
Tese requireme
requirements
nts do not apply to direct sunlight
• At the start
start of each inspection; conditions. If adjustments are required to the white
light intensity level at the inspection surface, all
• When light fixtures
fixtures change positions or intensity; components inspected since the last white light
intensity level verification shall be re-inspected.

30
Copyright THIHS
Provided by HillMarkit
Associates,
under Inc.
license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

3.6.7 Applicable Inspection Procedures Te IDs


I Ds of the ring gauges shall be verified using the
Te following inspections
inspections shall be performed:
performed: internal micrometer. Te “go” gauge shall be carefully
applied over the length of the reamer/hole
reamer/hol e opener with a
3.6.7.1 Visual Inspection force which does not exceed the
t he weight of the ring gauge.
a. he entire cutter block or arm shall be visually For acceptance, the “go” gauge shall pass smoothly over
inspected. Cracks and other damages shall be evalu- the reamer gauge section and the reamer gauge region
ated using the acceptance criteria in either section shall not pass through the “no-go” gauge.
3.7 Reamer Block & Arm 1 Inspection or section
3.8 Reamer Block & Arm 2 Inspection,
Insp ection, as applicable. 3.6.7.3 Liquid Penetrant Inspection
Inspect the entire reamer block or arm body in ac-
b. Cutting structures (PDC and roller cone
cone cutters) on cordance with section 3.15 Liquid Penetrant Inspection.
In spection.
each cutter block or arm shall be visually inspected. Cracks and other damages shall be evaluated using the
Cracks and other damages shall be evaluated using the
acceptance criteria in section 3.4 Cutter 1 Inspection, acceptance criteria in either
& Arm 1 Inspection section
or section 3.8 3.7 Reamer
Reamer Block
Block &
3.5 Cutter 2 Inspection, or 3.11 Roller Cone Cutter Arm 2 Inspection, as applicable. If liquid penetrant is
Inspection, as applicable. used to inspect PDC
PD C cutters, cracks and other damages
shall be evaluated using the acceptance criteria
criteri a in section
3.6.7.2 Dimensional Inspection 3.4 Cutter 1 Inspection or 3.5 Cutter 2 Inspection, as
Ring Gauging shall be performed after assembly of the applicable.
cutter blocks or arms into the reamer.
As applicable, check the diameters
diameters of the reamer
reamer cutter 3.7 Reamer Block & Arm 1 Inspection
blocks/arms in both the fully expanded and fully col-
lapsed conditions by using “go” and “no-go” gauges. For 3.7.1 Scope
accurate measurement, the temperature of the “go” and Visual Inspection and Liquid Penetrant Inspection (LPI)
“no-go” gauges shall be within 20 degrees Fahrenheit techniques shall be used to examine the entire body of a
of the30reamer/hole
least minutes. Teopener after“no-go”
“go” and being stabilized for be
gauges shall at used reamer block or arm.
fabricated from 1 inch steel and shall have an OD equal 3.7.2 Cracks & Porosity
to the nominal reamer size plus at minimum 1-1/2 Te enti
entire
re body of the reamer bloc
blockk or arm shal
shalll be
inches. (Aluminum gauges are allowed if the nominal examined for cracking, which
which will be evaluated as follows:
reamer size is greater than 30 inches.) Te IDs of the • Hardfacing: Any cracks in the hardfacing are
gauges shall be the: acceptable as long as the cracks do not propagate
into the base metal. Examples of acceptable and
• Maximum fully expanded reamer size (or hole rejectable cracks are included in able 3.2.
3.2.3,
3,
opener size) +0.002 inch (clearance) with a Figures 3.2.3.1.1 – 3.2.3.1.10. Any void or pore
tolerance of +0.003 inch, -0 inches for the “go” on any part of any row that exceeds 1/16 inch in
gauge; and
-
-

any major direction or depth shall be cause for


-
`
,
,
`
,
`
,

• Minimum fully expanded reamer/hole opener size rejection. ,


`
,
,
`
-
`
-
,
`
,
,
,

-0.002 inch (interference) with a tolerance of +0 • Base Metal: Any cracks in the reamer block or
`
`
`
`

inches, -0.003 inch for the “no-go” gauge. arm body, including retention/activation features, `
`
,
,
,
`
`

dovetail grooves or hinge pin holes, shall be cause


,
`
`
`
,
,

• Fully collapsed
collapsed reamer size +0.002 inch (clearance) for rejection. Examples of rejectable cracks in
`
,
`
,
,
,
,

with a tolerance
tolerance of +0.003 inch, -0 inches for the the base metal are shown in able 3.2.3, Figures
`
-
-

“go” gauge; and 3.2.3.2.1 – 3.2.3.2.11.


• Fully collapsed reamer/hole opener size -0.002 • Closed Loop Surface Marks:
Marks: A surface mark that
inch (interference) with a tolerance of +0 inches, forms a closed loop shall be acceptable on any
-0.003 inch for the “no-go” gauge. (Tis no-go part of the base metal as long as the entirety of
gauging may not be needed depending on the the closed loop can be visually verified when the
tool design). reamer block or arm is inspected. Examples of

31
Copyrightby
Provided THIHS
HillMarkit
Associates,
under Inc.
license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

T H H I L L A S S O C I A T E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I T A S C O M PA
PA N Y )

acceptable closed loop surface marks are shown in permissible as long as they do not extend into the
able
able 3.2.3, Figures 3.2.3.4.1 and 3.2.3.4.2. base metal. A hairline crack is defined as a fine
crack that cannot be caught
c aught with a fingernail. Any
3.7.3 Repair of Cracks & Porosity void or pore on
on any part of any blade
blade that exceeds
Any cracks, voids, or pores in the hardfacing which are 1/16 inch in any major direction or depth shall be
cause for rejection per paragraph 3.7.2 maymay be repaired cause for rejection. Examples of acceptable and
by welding provided that they are repaired in accordance rejectable cracks are shown
shown in 
able
able 3.3.3,
3.3 .3, Figures
with the tool owner’s written Weld Pro
Procedur
ceduree Specifi
Specificatio
cation
n 3.3.3.1.1 – 3.3.3.1.9.
(WPS).. Tese procedures and supporting
(WPS) supportin g documents, such
as Procedure Qualification Reports (PQRs) and Welder • Base Metal: Any
Any crack shall be cause for rejection.
rejection.
Performancee Qualification
Performanc Q ualification (WPQ) records, shall be made Examples of rejectable cracks are shown in able
available to the customer or a customer representative upon 3.3.3, Figures 3.3.3.2.1– 3.3.3.2.12.
request. Repair of cracks in base metal is not permitted
during inspection or maintenance. • Closed Loop Surface Marks:
Marks: A surface mark that
that
forms a closed loop shall be acceptable on any
3.7.4 Wear & Erosion part of the base metal as long as the entirety of
Te enti
entire
re body of the reamer bloc
blockk or arm shall be the closed loop can be visually verified when the
examined for wear and erosion, which will be evaluated reamer block or arm is inspected. Examples of
as follows: acceptable closed loop surface marks are shown in
able
 able 3.3.3, Figures 3.3.3.4.1
3.3.3.4.1 and 3.3.3.4.2.
• Te reamer block/arm body, inclu
including
ding the gauge
pads, may feature minor wear or erosion, and the 3.8.3 Wear & Erosion
wear elements may have slight damage. Any depth Te reame
reamerr block or arm body shall featur
featuree no signs of wear
wear..
of cut management element that is non-replaceable However, if a depth of cut management
mana gement element is present
pre sent
may have minor wear, but any replaceable depth in the gauge area, then it may be ground in order to pass
of cut management element shall be free of wear the ring gauging inspection. Tis shall be acceptable if the
or other damage. A gauge pad with a step or taper grinding is relatively uniform and possibly present on a
design or a combination
combinat ion of these is acceptable.
accept able. Te nearby reamer block or arm. An example of a depth of cut
nozzle ports may exhibit minor wear or erosion. management element in the gauge area with a ground tip
is shown in Figure 3.3.5.1 included in able 3.3.5.
• If a depth of cut management
management element
element is present
in the gauge area, then it may be ground in order
to pass the ring gauging inspection. Tis shall be 3.9 Roller Cone General Bit Inspection
acceptable if the grinding is relatively uniform and
possibly present on a nearby reamer block or arm. 3.9.1 Scope
Tis procedure covers the inspection of new and used
roller cone drilling bits, including bit connections and the
3.8 Reamer Block & Arm 2 Inspection bit bodies. Te types of bits covered by this procedure are
defined in section 3.9.3.
3.9. 3. Tis procedure
procedure does not
not cover
cover the
the
3.8.1 Scope inspection of hybrid bits or hammer bits.
Visual Inspection and Liquid Penetrant Inspection (LPI)
techniques shall be used to examine the body of a new 3.9.2 Parts of Roller Cone Bits
reamer block or arm. Te acceptance
acceptance criteria for the new Te following
f ollowing definitions will apply to the various parts
reamer block or arm may also apply to the body of a used of roller cone bits. All figures feature a ungsten Carbide
reamer block or arm, if this application is requested by Insert (CI) ( CI) roller cone bit with three cones,
cones , i.e. a tri-cone -
-
-
`

the customer. bit. Roller cone bits consist of three major components: 1)
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`

the roller cones (including the cutting structure), 2) 2) the bit ,


,
`
-

3.8.2 Cracks & Porosity


`
-
,

legs, and 3) the bearings and seals. `


,
,
,
`

Te entir
entiree body of the reamer blocblockk or arm shall be `
`
`
`
`
,
,

examined for cracking, which will be evaluated as follows:


f ollows: a. Roller Cones: Roller cone(s)
cone(s) contain the cutting
,
`
`
,
`
`
`

elements that gouge and shear the formation.


f ormation. Tese
,
,
`
,
`

• Hardfacing: Any crack shall be cause for rejec-


,
,
,

cutting elements can either be hard-faced steel teeth ,


`
-
-

tion, except hairline cracks in the hardfacing are machined into the roller cones (for milled tooth bits)
32
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

or tungsten carbide inserts press-fitted into cones (for f. Reservoir


Reser voir Cap: Te pressure reservoir cap acts as a
CI bits). Te cones are rough
rough forged
forged from wrought mechanical barrier between the lubricant reservoir
alloy steel before being machined and (in most cases) and the downhole environment.
case hardened to make them resistant to wear and
shock loading. g. Fill Plug: Te fill plug allows filling of of the reservoir
during the assembly/refurbishing of the roller cone
b. Bit Legs: Te bit legs secure the cones and contain the bit. Te fill plug may also contain a one-way check
nozzles and, in case of compensated sealed bearing valve to permit egre
egress
ss of lubricant to preven
preventt excess
excessive
ive
assemblies,, the pressure compensation system
assemblies sys tem for the pressure buildup in the lubricant reservoir.
bearing assembly. Te bit legs are forged from alloy
steel. Te bearing pin is selectively case hardened to h. Dome Area: Te inner region of the bit. Flui
Fluidd com-
provide a hard, wear resistant interface
inte rface surface for the munication may exist between the lubricant pressure
roller cone bearings. compensation system and the dome area to allow
dynamic pressure compensation during operations.
c. Bearings and Seals: Bearings
Bearings and seals are located
inside the roller cone to enable it to turn around the i. Crows Foot:
Foot: Te central inner region of a roller cone
bearing pin. Te
Te cones are mounted on either roller bit where the three leg seam welds intersect.
or journal bearings.
bearings . Te bearings could be non-sealed,
n on-sealed, j. Ball Plug Weld: Weld to secur
securee the ball plug hole after
or sealed using elastomer
el astomer or metal face seals.
sea ls. Te cone installation of ball bearings and ball plug.
is secured to the bit leg by the ball lock mechanism.
Matching ball races are machined into the bearing k. Shirttail: Te leading
leading edge of a roller cone bit leg
and cone respectively. Te bit leg also has a ball plug that will come in contact with formation and may
hole drilled from the shirttail side of the bit leg into suffer wear as a result. Roller cone shirt-tails usually
the ball race in the bearing. Te ball plug and ball have a hard-facing or CI inserts to protect from
bearings are made from heat-treated carbon and excessive wear.
alloy steels. Te ball plug hole is welded shut after
l. Shirttail
Shirt tail Hard Facing: Hard facing is usuall
usuallyy applied
installation of ball bearings and ball plug. to the leading edges of the shirttail area to prevent
d. Plenum: Te internal surface near the bit centerline premature wear in the base metal.
where the three legs meet. Tis surface is visible when
one looks straight down the pin (or box) end of the bit. m. Leg Back: Te trailing edge/surface of a roller cone
bit leg that comes in contact with the borehole wall.
e. Reservoir Bore: Te reservoir bore is machined
machined into
the forged leg to act as a receptacle
recept acle for the grease
greas e and, n. G
Gauge
auge Protection Inserts: ungsten carb
carbide
ide inserts
when present, the pressure compensation system for press fitted into the OD surface of the bit legs to
the grease that lubricates the bearings as the roller mitigate wear in the legs.
cone bit is rotated.
-
-

Ball Bearings
-
`

Tungsten Carbide
,
,
`
,
`
,
,

Inserts `
,
,
`
-
`
-
,

`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
,
`
`
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
,
,
`
-
-

Threaded Pin
Connection
Reservoir Bore
Ball Bearing Hole
Roller Cone
Figure 3.9.2.1 Cross-sectional drawing depicting elements
elements of a roller cone bit leg.

33
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

T H H I L L A S S O C I A T E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I T A S C O M PA
PA N Y )

o. Seam Weld:
Weld: After forging, machinin
machining, g, and assembly f. Open Bearing Roller Cone Bits: Open roller bearings
of the roller cones on the bit legs, the bit legs (also do not have seals to protect the bearings from drilling
called bit palms or bit thirds at this stage) are welded mud or debris.
together using a seam weld.
g. Air-Cooled Roller Bearings: Air cooled bits have air
p. D
Dome
ome Weld:
Weld: Te seam weld on the inner/central passages that supply air to the bearings for cooling,
region of the roller cone bit. cleaning, and lubricating the bearings.
q. Gauge Row: Also referred to as Heel Row.Te gauge h. Sealed Roller Bearing: Sealed roller bearings have
row contains the most critical cutting structure of the seal(s) protecting the bearings from downhole
roller cone bit. Te cutters in the gauge row must cut fluids and debris while maintaining the necessary
the corners of the wellbore, i.e. both the bottom of lubricating medium in the bearing. A pressure
the wellbore and its diameter. Both milled tooth and compensator system prevents the seals and bearings
insert type bits can use either tungsten carbide or from experiencing sudden pressure changes and
diamond-enhanced inserts on the gauge row. prevents the leakage of lubricant.
r. Staggered Insert
-
-
`
,
,
,
Inser t Row: CI are arranged in a stag- i. Sealed Journal Bearing: Sealed journal bearings may
may
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
`
gered manner to maximize the gauging action and have a floating bushing instead of ball bearings. Te
prevent tracking into the grooves/craters created by bushing is usually made from material with high
`
,
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
the previous inserts. resistance to heat and galling.
,
,
`
,
-
`

s. Spearpoint: Te innermost cutting structure of a


-
`
,
,
`
,
,
3.9.4 Inspection Apparatus
milled tooth bit. A 12-inch metal ruler graduated in 1/64 inch increments,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-

a calibrated white light intensity meter, a “go” ring gauge,


3.9.3 Types of Roller Cone Bits a “no-go” ring gauge, and a calibrated internal micrometer
Unlike fixed cutter bits, roller cone bits contain one or are required. Te white light meter and internal micrometer
micrometer
more roller cone(s) that roll around as the bottom hole shall have been calibrated according to
to section 2.16.
assembly is rotated. One or more roller cones contain
cutting structures that dig into and gouge the formation. 3.9.5 Preparation
Te major types of roller
roller cone bits are:
are: a. Each bit shall be uniquely
uniquely serialized with a legible
stamping in the breaker slot (if present) or other
a. Mono Cone Bit: Mono cone bits were first used in acceptable area. If the serial number is illegible, the
the 1930s and consist of a single roller cone mounted bit shall be rejected.
on a large bearing. Te design, while having several
theoretical advantages, is not generally used in oil & b. Te bit connection shall be clean so that no scale,
gas drilling operations. mud, or lubricant can be wiped from the thread or
shoulder surfaces with a clean rag.
b. wo Cone Bit: As the name suggests, two-cone bits
consists of two
t wo cones mounted on large bearings.
bearin gs. wo c. he bit body shall be free of paint and shall be
cone bits, while uncommon, are sometimes used in clean so that the surface is visible and no surface
special applications. particles larger than 1/8 inch in any dimension can
c. Tree Cone (ri-cone)
(ri-cone) Bit: Te majority of roller
roller cone be broken loose with a fingernail. If paint needs to
be removed from the bit body, the removal method
bits use three roller cones. must not damage elastomer seals. Media blasting is
d. Milled-ooth
Milled-ooth Bits: Te cutting structure
struc ture in a milled not recommended to avoid abrasive particles in the
tooth bit is made of steel teeth (usually covered in a bearing system.
layer of hard-facing) that are machined directly into d. Te minimum illumination level at the inspection
forged roller cones. surface shall be 50 foot-candles. Te white light in-
e. ungsten Carbide
Carbi de Insert (CI) Bits: Te cutting tensity level at the inspectio
inspection
n surface shall be verified:
structure of CI bits comprises of tungsten carbide • At the start of each inspection;
inspection;
inserts press-fitted into pockets machined in the
roller cones. • When light fixtures change positions
positions or intensity;
intensity;
34
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

• When there is a change in relative


relative position of the
the shall be within 20 degrees Fahrenheit of the bit shank
inspected surface with respect to the light fixture; after being
b eing stabilized
stabi lized for
f or at least 30 minutes.
mi nutes. Te “go”
and “no-go” gauges shall be fabricated from 1 inch
• When requested by the customer or a designated steel and shall have an OD equal to the nominal bit
representative; and size plus at minimum 1-1/2 inches. Te IDs of the
• Upon completion
completion of the inspection.
inspection. gauges shall be the:

Tese requireme
requirements
nts do not apply to direct sunlight • Maximum bit size (as defined by API Spec 7-1
conditions. If adjustments are required to the white or the manufacturer’s specification) +0.002 inch
light intensity level at the inspection surface, all (clearance) with a tolerance of +0.003 inch, -0
components inspected since the last white light inches for the “go” gauge; and
intensity level verification shall be re-inspected. • Nominal bit size -0.002 inch
inch (interference)
(interference) with a
e. Cones on a roller
roller cone bit shall be fully rotated
rotated to tolerance of
o f +0 inches,
inches , -0.003 inch
inc h for the “no-go”
ensure that paint, rust, and debris from all accessible gauge.
surfaces and cutting structures is fully removed. Any Te IDs of the ring gauges shall be verified using the
compacted cuttings and hardened drilling mud shall
compacted cuttings and hardened drilling mud shall intern al micrometer. Te go gauge shall be carefully
internal careful ly
be removed from the grease insert ports and between applied over the length of the bit with a force which
the roller cones and legs. does not exceed the weight of the ring gauge. For
3.9.6 Applicable Inspection Procedures acceptance, the “go” gauge shall pass smoothly over
the bit and the bit shall not pass through the “no-go”
3.9.6.1 Visual Inspection gauge.
a. Visual Connection Inspection:
Inspection: Inspect the bit con-
nection in accordance with section 3.12 Visual Bit c. Te bit connection is not required to have an SRF,
SRF,
Connection Inspection. such as an SRG, regardless of its size and connection
type unless requested by the customer. If SRFs are
b. Te entire bit body shall be visually inspected. Cracks present, they shall be evaluated in accordance with
and other damages shall be evaluated using the section 3.13 Dimensional Bit Connection Inspection.
acceptance criteria in section 3.10 Roller Cone Bit
Body Inspection. 3.9.6.3 Blacklight Connection Inspection
c. Each cutting element
element and roller cone
cone shall be visu- Inspect the bit connection in accordance
accordance with section
ally inspected. Cracks and other damages shall be 3.14 Blacklight Connection Inspection. Any cracks in
evaluated using the acceptance criteria in section 3.11 the threads are cause for rejection. Grinding to remove
Roller Cone Cutter Inspection. cracks is not permitted. Cracks and other indications in
a location past the interface between the threads and the
d. Te bit connection is not required
required to have a Stress bit body shall be evaluated using the acceptance criteria
Relief Feature (SRF), such as a Stress Relief Groove in section 3.10 Roller Cone Bit Body Inspection.
(SRG), regardless of its size and connection type
unless requested by the customer. If SRFs are present, 3.9.6.4 Pressure Testing
they shall be evaluated in accordance with section 3.12 Perform hydrostatic or pneumatic pressure testing on
Visual Bit Connection Inspection. roller cone bit in accordance with section 3.16 Pressure
esting
 esting of Roller Cone Bits. A drop in pressure that
3.9.6.2 Dimensional Inspection exceeds the acceptance criteria of the bit supplier shall
a. Dimensional Bit Connection Inspection: Inspect be a cause for rejection.
the bit connection in accordance with section 3.13
Dimensional Bit Connection Inspection. 3.9.6.5 Functional Testing
Rotate each cone in accordance with section 3.17
b. Ring Gauging: Check the bit diameter of the bit by Rotation est of Roller Cone Bits. Free rotating roller
using “go” and “no-go” gauges. For accurate measure- cone(s) shall be a cause for rejection unless specifically
ment, the temperature
temper ature of the “go” and “no-go” gauges allowed by the manufacturer’s written procedures.

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

35
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

T H H I L L A S S O C I A T E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I T A S C O M PA
PA N Y )

3.10 Roller Cone Bit Body Inspection a. 100% fill of the ball hole weld cavity is required.

3.10.1 Scope b. Te ball plug hole weld shall be visually inspected


inspected
Visual inspection and hydrostatic pressure testing shall be to insure it is free of defects (cracks, porosity, voids,
used to examine the body of a new or used roller cone bit. lack of tie-in to parent metal, etc) or any severe
discontinuities in the weld surface.
3.10.2 Seam Weld
Seam welds on roller cone bits are partial penetration c. Crater crack(s) near the center of the ball
ball hole plug
welds by design. Te internal seams of these welds are not weld are acceptable
acceptable if the crack(s)
crack(s) does not intersect
intersect
required to be welded. the weld boundary. Examples of acceptable and
rejectable cracks in ball plug hole weld
weld are shown in
3.10.2.1 Visual Inspection of External Seam Weld able
 able 3.3.6, Figure 3.3.6.4 – 3.3.6.5.
a. Porosity:
Porosity: Spherical or oval type of voids
voids filled with
gas or air. Te maximum pore
po re size shall
s hall be 3/32
3/ 32 inch. d. he ball hole
minimum welddiameter.
bit gauge shall not extend beyond the
[2.4 mm] in diameter, length, or depth.
e. Cracks in shirt-tail hardfacing
hardfacing which do not enter
b. Slag Inclusions: Spherical
Spherical or oval type of inclusions
the base metal are acceptable.
filled with slag. Te maximum inclusion size shall
be 3/32 inch [2.4 mm] in diameter, length, or depth f. Visible cracks in the base metal
metal of shirt-tail,
shirt-tail, between
(when it can be measured). gauge protection inserts or other bit leg surfaces are
not acceptable. Examples of acceptable and rejectable
c. Crack-Like Indications:
Indications: Cracks or crack-like indica-
indications in shirt tail hardfacing
hardfacing are shown in able
able
tions visible to the unaided eye in the weld are not
3.3.6, Figure 3.3.6.4 – 3.3.6.5.
allowed. Examples of rejectable cracks are shown in
able
 able 3.3.6, Figures 3.3.6.2. 3.10.4 Repair of Cracks and Porosity
Any cracks, voids,
void s, or porosity in the hardfacing which
d. Visible interruptions at the intersection of vertical
is cause for rejection may be repaired provided that it
seam welds along the OD of the legs and the dome is repaired in accordance with the tool owner’s written
welds are acce
accept
ptable.
able. Examples of acceptable intersec-
in tersec-
Weld
W eld Procedure
Procedure Specification
Specification (WPS) and doesdoes not affect
affect
tions are shown able 3.3.6, Figures 3.3.6.1.
the integrity of lubricants and seals for sealed roller cone
onto leg surface is accept- bearings.Tese procedures and supporting documents, such
e. Overlap of final weld pass onto
able. Undercut, lack of welding, and/or weld which as Procedure Qualification Reports (PQRs) and Welder
does not contour to the weld grooves in the legs are Performa
Performance
nce Qualification (WPQ)
( WPQ) records shall be made
acceptable.
ac acceptable welding is shown available to the customer or a customer representative
ceptable. Example of acceptable
in able 3.3.6, Figure 3.3.6.3. upon request.

3.10.2.2 Visual Inspection of Internal Seam Weld


Weld
3.11 Roller Cone Cutter Inspection
Internal seams can have varying
var ying gap widths, and visual
seams based on the design geometry are acceptable. 3.11.1 Scope

Porosity, slag inclusions, and linear indications on the Visual


shall beInspection and a Rotation
used to examine est
the roller (procedure
cones 3.17)
and cutting
internal seams are acceptable.
structure on both new and used roller cone bits and reamer
3.10.3 Bit Leg arms.
3.10.3.1 Visual Inspection of Roller Cone Bit Leg 3.11.2 Visual Inspection of TCI Roller Cones
Te ball hole plug weld must preven preventt dril
drilling
ling fluid Any visible crack on tungsten carbide inserts or on any
contaminants from entering the system or allowing steel surface of a cone for CI roller cones shall be cause
grease to escape. Ball plug welds must
mus t be leak free. Signs for rejection.
of grease leakage or drilling fluid ingress through the
grease plug shall be cause for rejection.

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

36
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

3.11.3 Visual Inspection of Milled Tooth Roller Tis procedure does not cover CWD bits and may not
Cones cover diamond bits.
a. Any visible crack(s)
crack(s) in the steel surface of a milled
f or rejection. Examples 3.12.2 Inspection Apparatus
tooth roller cone shall be cause for
of rejectable cracks are shown in able 3.5.4, Figure A 12-inch metal ruler graduated in in 1/64 inch increments,
increments,
3.5.4.1. a metal straightedge, a calibrated white light intensity
meter, calibrated angle gauges, a calibrated hardened and
b. Cracks in milled tooth hardfacing
hardf acing which are not ground thread profile
p rofile gauge, and OD calipers are required.
required .
parallel to the tooth crest and which do not propagate A calibrated lead gauge and a calibrated standard lead
into the base metal are acceptable. Examples of template are also required. For calibration requirements,
acceptable cracks are shown in able 3.5.4, Figure see section 2.16.
3.5.4.2.
3.12.3 Preparation
c. Visible cracks in milled tooth hardfacing which enter Connections shall be clean so that no scale, mud, or
the base metal shall be cause for rejection. Examples lubricant can be wiped from the thread or shoulder surfaces
of rejectable cracks are shown in 
able
able 3.5.4,
3.5.4, Figures with a clean rag.
3.5.4.3.
3.12.4 Procedure and Acceptance Criteria
d. Visible cracks in milled tooth
tooth hardfacing parallel
parallel to All connections shall
shall meet the following
following requirements.
requirements.
the tooth crest can lead to hardfacing bond failure and
shall be cause for rejection. An example of a rejectable
rej ectable a. Hardbanding:
Hardband ing: When present on the OD of a box
crack is shown inin able 3.5.4, Figure 3.5.4.4. connection, hardbanding shall extend no more than
3/16 inch above the surface with no broken or missing -
-
-

e. Te acceptance
acceptance criteria for porosities in the hardfacing areas larger than 1/8 inch across any major dimension. `
,
,
`
,
`
,

on the ground
ground gauge surface of milled tooth cones is Hairline cracks in the hardbanding are permissible as
,
`
,
,
`
-
`

defined in 
ables
ables 3.5.5
3.5. 5 and able 3.5.6, Figure 3.5.5. long as the cracks do not extend into the base metal.
-
,
`
,
,
,
`
`

A hairline
hairline crack is defined
defined as a fine crack that cannot
cannot `
`
`
`
,
,
,
`

3.11.4 Repair of Cracks and Porosity be caught with a fingernail. Protruding


Protruding carbide chips
`
,
`
`

Any cracks, voids,


void s, or porosity in the hardfacing which
`
,
,

or beads are not allowed, unless permitted by the `


,
`
,

is cause for rejection per section 3.11.3 may be repaired


,
,
,

customer. When conflicts arise


ar ise between this standard `
-
-

provided that it is repaired in accordance with the tool and the hardbanding manufacturer’s
manufacturer’s field inspection
owner’s written Weld Procedure Specification (WPS) requirements, the hardbanding manufacturer’s field
and does not affect the integrity of lubricants and seals inspection requirements shall apply.
for sealed roller cone bearings. Tese procedures and
supporting documents, such as Procedure Qualification b. Cracks: All connection
connectionss shall be free of visible cracks
Reports (PQRs) and Welder Performance Qualification and heat checking, except that hairline cracks in
(WPQ) records shall be made available to the customer hardfacing are acceptable if they do not extend into
or a customer representative
representative upon request. the base metal. Grinding to remove cracks is not
permissible.
3.12 Visual Bit Connection Inspection c. Te minimum illumination level at the inspection
surface shall be 50 foot-candles. Te white light in-
3.12.1 Scope tensity level at the inspectio
inspection
n surface shall be verified:
hi s pro
his proced
ced ure cov
covers
ers vis
visua
uall exa
examin
minatation
ion of rot
rotar
aryy
shouldered bit connections to evaluate the condition of the • At the start
start of each inspection;
seal, threads, hardfacing, and bevel,
bev el, as applicable. Although
most bits feature pin connections, this procedure covers • When light fixtures
fixtures change positions or intensity;
requirements for both pin and box connections,
connect ions, depending • When there is a change in relative
relative position of
of the
on which is present. Tis procedure also covers the visual inspected surface with respect to the light fixture;
examination of Stress Relief Features (SRF), the acceptance
criteria for which are only applicable if an SRF is present.

37
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

T H H I L L A S S O C I A T E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I T A S C O M PA
PA N Y )

• When requested by the customer or a designated as the pits do not occupy more than 1-1/2 inches in
representative; and length along any thread helix and no pit has a depth
that exceeds 1/32 inch and no pit has a diameter that
• Upon completion
completion of the inspection. exceeds 1/8 inch. Built up corrosion shall be removed
Tese requirements do not apply to direct sunlight from SRFs with emery paper or a flapper wheel to
conditions. If adjustments are required to the white determine the surface condition of the SRF. Any
light intensity level at the inspection surface, all stencil or stamp marking on a stress relief surface
components inspected since the last white light shall be cause for
f or rejection.
intensity level verification shall be re-inspected. • Location of the Last Scratch: Figure 3.12.5.1
d. Tread Compound and Tread Protectors:
Protectors: Acceptable shows an example of an API box connection with
connections shall be coated with an acceptable tool an SRF.Te last scratch
s cratch on a box connection
connect ion with
an SRF is created by the machining insert when
joint compou
includcompound
ing thend
including endover
of aall
pinthread andon.
connecti shoulder
connection. Treadsurfaces,
protec- machining the Box Boreback (BBB). Te BBB
tors with threads shall be applied and secured with results in truncated threads at the back of the box -
-
-

between approximately 50 and 100 foot-pounds of connection with gradually reducing height.Te last `
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
,
torque. Te thread protectors shall be free of debris. thread eventually runs
r uns out at the BBB, creating
creating the ,
`
-
`

last scratch. o locate the last scratch, rotate the


-
,
`

If additional inspection of the threads or shoulders ,


,
,
`
`

will be performed prior to movement, the applicatio


application
n connection
connecti on until the last thread
thread runout on the BBB `
`
`
`
,
,
,

is visible. Figure 3.12.5.2 shows an example of an


`
`
,

of thread compound and thread protectors may `


`
`
,

API pin conne


connectio
ctionn with an SRF
SRF.. Te last scrat
scratch
ch is
,
`
,

be postponed until completion of the additional `


,
,
,
,

inspection. created by the intersection of the machined radius `


-
-

of the SRF and the flank of the last thread. o


3.12.5 API & Similar Non-Proprietary Connections locate the last scratch, rotate
rotate the connection until
In addition to the requirements of section 3.12.4, API the mark made fromfrom the machining
machining the radius is
and similar non-proprietary connections shall meet the visible, as shown in figure 3.12.5.2.
following requirem
requirements.
ents.
• Measure 1-1/2
1-1/2 inches as shown in Figures 3.12.5.3
a. Bevel Width: An approximate 45 degree OD bevel and 3.12.5.4. Because threads on the connection
at least 1/32 inch wide shall be present for the full follow a helix, there will be areas at which the
circumference of the pin or box connection. thread root may mostly fall within 1-1/2 inches
from the last scratch, but part of the same thread
b. Tread Surfaces: Acceptance criteria for pitting on
thread roots and other thread surfaces for connec-
tions with SRFs are covered in paragraph 3.12.5.c.
Acceptance criteria for pitting on thread roots and Last scratch
other thread surfaces for connections without SRFs
are included inin paragraph 3.12.5.d. Tread surfaces
shall be free of other imperfections that appear to
either penetrate below the thread root, occupy more
than 1-1/2 inches in length along any thread helix,
or exceed 1/16 inch in depth or 1/8 inch in diameter.
Raised protrusions shall be removed with a hand
file or “soft” (nonmetallic) buffing wheel. Te thread
profile shall be checked after any buffing or filing of
the threads.
c. hread Root and Surface Pitting Criter ia for
Last thread running
Connections with Stress Relief Features: No pitting out on boreback
is allowed in the roots of any threads that are within
1-1/2 inches from the last scratch. Pitting
Pitting is allowed Figure 3.12.5.1 Locating the last scratch on BHA box connection
in other thread roots and stress relief surfaces as long with SRF.

38
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

root may be greater than 1-1/2 inches from the No pitting allowed
Pitting allowed
within constraints
last scratch. In such cases, no pitting is allowed on 1-1/2"
that thread root, even on the portions that may be
greater than 1-1/2 inches from the last scratch.
An example of this is shown in Figures 3.12.5.3 Last
and 3.12.5.4, in which the line labeled “No pitting scratch
allowed” is extended slightly beyond 1-1/2 inches
(to the crest of the next thread) in order to cover
the entire thread root.
d. hread Root and Surface Pitting Criteria for
Connections without Stress Relief Features: No
pitting is allowed on the roots of any threads that
are within 2 inches from the last scratch. Pitting is Figure 3.12.5.3 Measuring 1-1/2" from the last scratch on BHA
allowed on other thread roots,
root s, on the region between box connection with SRF.
the pin shoulder and the last scratch, on the box
taper behind the last scratch, on the last scratch, and
on the root of the last full-height thread of the box
connection (or the first full-height thread from the -
-

last scratch). Pits shall not occupy more than 1-1/2


-
`
,
,
`
,
`

inches in length along any thread helix and no pit


,
,

Pitting allowed `
,
,
`

No pitting allowed within constraints -


`

shall have a depth that exceeds 1/32 inch and no pit -


,
`
,
,

1-1/2" ,
`

shall have a diameter that exceeds 1/8 inch.


`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
,
`

• Location of the Last Scratch: Figure 3.12.5.5


`
`
,
,
`
,
`
,

shows an example of an API pin connection ,


,
,
`
-
-

without an SRF
SRF.. Te last scratch
scratch is created
created by the
machining insert as it is slowly pulled out, leaving
an imperfect thread at the back of the connection.
oo locate the last scratch, rotate the connection

until the last mark made by the machining insert
is visible.
Figure 3.12.5.4 Measuring
Measurin g 1-1/2" from the last scratch on BHA
pin connection with SRF.

Machined Last scratch Gradually fading machining


radius tool mark as the tool is
slowly pulled out

Last
scratch

Mark made
from
machining
the radius

Figure 3.12.5.2 Locating the last scratch on BHA pin connection Figure 3.12.5.5 Identifying the last scratch
scratch on drill pipe pin
with SRF. connection without SRF.

39
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

T H H I L L A S S O C I A T E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I T A S C O M PA
PA N Y )

• Measure 2 inches from the last scratch, as shown in g. Refacing: If refacing is necessar
necessaryy, only enough mate-
Figure 3.12.5.6. Because threads on the connection rial to correct the damage shall be removed.
removed . Refacing
follow a helix, there will be areas at which the limits are 1/32 inch on any one removal and 1/16 inch
thread root may mostly fall within 2 inches from cumulatively. If existing benchmarks
ben chmarks indicate that
th at the
the last scratch, but part of the same thread root shoulder has been refaced beyond the maximum, the
may be greater than 2 inches from
f rom the last scratch.
scratch . connection shall be rejected.
In such cases, no pitting is allowed on that thread
root, even on the portions that may be greater than h. Pin Tread Profile:
Profile: Te profile gauge shall mesh with
2 inches from the last scratch. An example of this is the thread load and stab flanks of a pin connection so
shown in Figure 3.12.5.6, in which the line labeled that no light is visible at any of the flanks or thread
“No pitting allowed” is extended slightly beyond roots. Visible gaps estimated to be no greater than
2 inches (to crest of the next thread) in order to 1/16 inch on no more than two thread crests are
permissible. Uniform flank wear estimated to be
cover the entire thread root. less than 0.010 inch is permissible. However, any
visible gaps at the
the thread flanks will
will require pin
pin lead
measurement per paragraph 3.12.5.i. wo thread
Last scratch
profile checks 90 degrees ±10 degrees apart shall be
made on each connection.
i. Pin Lead: If the thread
thread profile
profile gauge indicates that
a pin connection is stretched, the pin lead shall be
measured over a 2-inch interval beginning at the first
full-depth thread nearest the shoulder. Pin stretch
shall not exceed 0.006 inch over the 2-inch length.
wo
 wo lead checks 90 degrees ±10 degrees apart shall
be made.
mad e.
j. Box aper: Te taper at the back of of a box connection
connection
shall be visually inspected. All inner diameter tapers
originating from a box thread shall be at an angle
of 30 degrees maximum from the centerline axis of
Figure 3.12.5.6
3.12.5.6 Measuring 2" from the
the last scratch on BHA
BHA the connection.
connect ion. No burr, lip, or edge greater than the
t he
pin connection without SRF. allowable angle tolerance is acceptable.
k. Shoulder Squareness: If a 360 degree benchmark
benchmark is
e. Box Swell: A straightedge shall be placed along the
present on a pin or box connection, then the relative
longitudinal axis on the OD of a box connection. If
position of the seal surface to the benchmark shall
a visible gap exists between the straightedge and the
be checked around the full circumference. If there is
box OD, then the box OD shall be measured using
a variation in the distance between the benchmark
the calipers. Compare the OD at the bevel to the
and the seal surface (indicating a possible lack of
OD 2 inches ±1/2 inch away from the bevel. If the
OD at the bevel is greater by 1/32 inch or more, the alignment) that is visually estimated to exceed 1/64
connection shall be rejected. inch, then the connection shall be rejected.
l. Pitting in the Pin Inside Diameter:
Diameter: Te entire pin
f. Seal Surfaces: Te seal surfaces shall be free of raised
inside diameter (ID) for a length exceeding the
metal or corrosion deposits detected visually or by
threaded length shall be examined for pitting. Any
rubbing a metal scale or fingernail across the surface.
pit that is measured or visually estimated
estimate d to be deeper
Any pitt
pitting
ing or int
interr
errupt
uption
ionss of the sea
seall sur
surface
face
than 1/8 inch shall be cause for rejection.
that are estimated to exceed 1/32 inch in depth or
occupy more than 20% of the seal width at any given Exception: Tis requireme
requirementnt does not apply to roller
location are rejectable. No filing of the seal shoulders cone bits. Seam welds in roller cone bits are partial
is permissible.

40
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

penetration welds by design. Internal weld seams can 3.13.4 Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for API
be misaligned or have gaps of varying
var ying widths. Visual and Similar Non-Proprietary Connections
Connections
seams in pin connection IDs of roller cone bits are A Visual Bit Connection Inspection shall be performed in
acceptable. Examples of acceptable indications on pin conjunction with this inspection.
IDs of roller cone bits are depicted in
i n able 3.6.5,
Figure 3.6.5.1. a. Box Outsi
Outside
de Diameter: Te Outsid
Outsidee Diameter (OD)
of a box connection shall be measured 4 inches ±1/4
m. Shoulder Flatness: Box shoulder flatness shall be inch from the shoulder. At least two measurements
verified by placing a straightedge across a diameter shall be taken spaced at intervals of 90 degrees ±10
of the shoulder and rotating the straightedge at least degrees. Te box OD requirements shall be specified -

180 degrees along the plane of the shoulder. Any


-
-
`
,
,
`
,
`

visible gaps shall be cause for rejection. Tis same ,


,
`
,
,
`
-

procedure shall be used with a pin connection with


`
-
,
`
,
,
,

the straightedge placed across a chord of the shoulder


`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,

surface. Any visible gaps between the straightedge E1


,
`
`
,
`

E2 `
`

and the shoulder surface shall be cause for rejection.


,
,
`
,

B `
,
,
,
,
-
-

n. Pin Ends: Pin end


end surface cracks that are visible shall
H
I
be cause for rejection. Examples
Examp les of rejectable cracks
on pin ends are depicted in able 3.6.5, Figures
3.6.5.2 – 3.6.5.3.

3.13 Dimensional Bit Connection G


C H (for HWDP only)
Inspection
D
3.13.1 Scope
Tis procedur
proceduree covers the dimensiona
dimensionall inspectio
inspection n of rotary
shouldered bit connections. Although most bits feature pin
connections, this procedure covers requirements for both
pin and box connections, depending on which is present.
Te dimensions covered in this procedur
proceduree are illustrated in
Figure 3.13.1.1.
3.13.1.1 . Tese dimensions
dimens ions include
includ e those for SRFs,
the acceptance criteria for which are only applicable if an A F2
SRF is present. Tis procedure
procedure does not cover CWD bits
and may not cover diamond bits or core bits. If the bit has F1
a proprietary connection not covered by this standard,
the connection manufacturer’s dimensional inspection
requirements shall apply.

3.13.2 Inspection Apparatus


A 12-inch
12-inch metal ruler graduated in 1/64 inch increments,
increments,
a metal straightedge, a calibrated hardened and ground
thread profile gauge, and ID and OD calipers are required.
For calibration requirements,
requirements, see section 2.16. A Box Outside Diameter F1 Boreback Cylinder Diameter
B Pin Inside Diameter F2 Boreback Cylinder Length
C Box Counterbore Diameter G Bevel Diameter
3.13.3 Preparation D Box Counterbore Depth H Pin Length
Connections shall be clean so that no scale, mud, or E1 Pin Relief
Relief Groove
Groove Diameter
Diameter
E2 Pin Relief
Relief Groove
Groove Width
lubricant can be wiped from the thread or shoulder surfaces
with a clean rag. Figure 3.13.1.1 Bit connection dimensions,
dimensions, shown with a pin SRG
and a Box Boreback.

41
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

T H H I L L A S S O C I A T E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I T A S C O M PA
PA N Y )

by the vendor. If no requirements for the box OD


are available from the vendor, then the box OD (in
combination with the pin ID) shall result in a BSR
within the custom
customer’
er’ss specifi
specified
ed range. Dimensio
Dimensions
ns for
commonly
commo nly specified BSR ranges are given in able
3.7.4.1. BSR values for various connection types and
sizes are provided in able 3.7.4.3.
b. Pin ID: Te ID of a pin connection shall be measured
under the last thread nearest the shoulder ±1/4 inch.
At least two measurements shall be taken spaced
at intervals of 90 degrees ±10 degrees. Te pin ID
requirements shall be specified by the vendor. If no
requirements for the pin ID are available from the Figure 3.13.4.1 Thread not fully formed as seen with light showing
between the prole gauge and the thread.
vendor,, then the pin ID (in combination with the
vendor
box OD) shall result in a BSR within the customer’s
customer’s
specified range. Dimensions for commonly specified
BSR ranges are given in able 3.7.4.1. BSR
BSR values
forr various connection
fo connection types and sizes are provided
in able
able 3.7.4.3.
c. Box Counterbore Diameter: Te box counterbore
diameter shall be measured as near as possible to
the shoulder (excluding any ID bevel or rolled
metal) at diameters 90 degrees ±10 degrees apart.
Te counterbore diameter shall meet requireme
requirements
nts
from able
able 3.7.4.1.
d. Box Counterbore Depth: Te counterbore depth -
-
-
`
,

shall be measured (including any ID bevel). Te


,
`
,
`
,
,
`

counterbore depth shall meet requirements from


,

Figure 3.13.4.2 Lay thread prole gauge along thread taper and
,
`
-
`
-
,

rotate around the thread form until minimum light is visible


`

able
 able 3.7.4.1. ,
,
,
`
`

between the prole gauge and the rst thread. At this point, the
`
`
`
`
,
,

thread is fully formed and is the "rst full thread."


,

e. Pin SRG: If an SRG is present, the diameter and


`
`
,
`
`
`
,

width of the API pin SRG shashallll be measured and


and shall
,
`
,
`
,
,
,
,

meet the requirements from able 3.7.4.1. Te pin `


-
-

SRG length shall be measured from the connection


shoulder to the crest of the first full thread by placing
the metal ruler on the thread taper square against the
connection shoulder, as depicted in Figures 3.13.4.1
– 3.13.4.3. Te “first full thread”
thread ” is defined as the
thread that is closest to the pin shoulder and reaches
the same height and thread profile as the second
thread. Te location of the first full thread can be
identified by rotating the profile gauge until the
absolute minimum amount of light is visible between
the thread form and the profile gauge.
f. Box Boreback: If a Box Boreback (BBB) is present,
the diameter and length of the BBB cylinder shall Figure 3.13.4.3 Square the ruler at the point of the rst full thread
be measured
measured and shall
shal l meet requirements from
f rom able
able and take the measurement from the shoulder to the crest of the
3.7.4.1. rst full thread.

42
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

g. Bevel Diameter: Te bevel diameter of a PDC bit b. Blackl


Blacklight
ight Equipment: A blacklight source and a
shall be measured and shall meet requirements from calibrated blacklight
blac klight intensity
intensit y meter are required. For
able
able 3.7.4.1 or 3.7.4.2, as
as applicable. calibration requireme
requirementsnts,, see section 2.16.
h. Pin Length:
Length : For
For a pin connection with an SRG, the c. An ASM centrifuge tube and stand are required
required
length of the pin connection shall be measured and unless a premixed can of solution is used.
shall meet requirements from able 3.7.4.1.
d. Coil: A DC coil with a rated capability to induce a
i. Pin Neck Length
Length:: For a pin connection without an longitudinal magnetic field of at least 1200 amp-turns
SRG, the pin neck length,
len gth, which is the distance from per inch of connection OD is required.
the 90 degree pin shoulder to the crest of the first full
thread shall be measured. Te pin neck length shall e. Required Magnetic Particle
Particle Field Indicators (MPFI)
not be greater than the counterbore depth minus include a pocket magnetometer and either a magnetic
1/16 inch. flux indicator strip (Castrol strip) or a magnetic pen-
etrameter (pie gauge).
j. Tread
Tread Comp
Compound
ound and Trea
Treadd Pro
Protecto
tectors:
rs: All acce
accept-
pt-
able connections shall be coated with an acceptable f. A calibrated white light
light intensity meter shall be used
tool joint compound over all thread and shoulder to verify illumination. For calibration requirements,
surfaces, including the end of a pin connection. Tread
Tread see section 2.16.
protectors with threads shall be applied and secured g. A mirror shall be used for the examination of box
using between approximately 50 and 100 foot-pounds thread roots, if the bit features a box connection. Te
of torque. Te thread protectors shall be free of any mirror may also be used for examination of the pin
debris. If additional inspection of the threads or ID, if the bit features a pin connection.
shoulders will be performed prior to movement, the
application of thread compound and thread protectors h. Booths or tarps shall be used to darken the area, if
may be postponed until completion of the additional necessary.

inspection. 3.14.3 Preparation


All surfaces to be inspected shall
shall be cleaned such that no
3.14 Blacklight Connection Inspection traces of grease, thread dope, corrosion products, or other
(MPI) contaminants are detected by wiping with a dry, unused
white paper towel or tissue. Surfaces to be cleaned and
3.14.1 Scope inspected include the entire machined areas of both pin
his proc
procedu
edure
re cove
coversrs exam
examina
ination
tion of fer
ferromag
romagneti
neticc and box connections, including the entire pin ID
I D from the
connections for transverse surface flaws using the wet pin tip to the pin shoulder, a minimum of 1 inch beyond
fluorescent magnetic particle (blacklight) technique. the last thread in a box connection without an SRF, a
Although
Althoug h most bits feature pin connect
connections,
ions, this proce
procedure
dure minimum of 1 inch beyond the last scratch in a box with
covers requirements for both pin and box connections, an SRF, and the external surfaces of a box.
depending on which is present.
3.14.4 Procedure and Acceptance Criteria
3.14.2 Inspection Apparatus
a. Particle Bath Mediums: a. Particle
millilitersconcentration shall range
per 100 milliliters when from 0.1 to
measured 0.4
using
an ASM 100 milliliter centrifuge tube, with a
• Petroleum-based
Petroleum-based mediums
mediums which exhibit natural
minimum settling time of 30 minutes in water-based
fluorescence under blacklight shall not be used.
carriers or 1 hour in petroleum-based carriers.
Diesel fuel and gasoline are not acceptable.
b. Te blacklight intensity shall be measured
measured with the
• Water-bas
ater-based
ed mediums are acceptable if they wet
blacklight meter each time the light is turned on, after
the surface without visible gaps. If incomplete
every 8 hours of operation, and at the completion
wetting occurs, additional cleaning, a new particle
of the inspection. Te minimum intensity shall be
bath, or the addition of more wetting agents may
1,000 microwatts per square centimeter at 15 inches
be necessary.

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
43
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

T H H I L L A S S O C I A T E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I T A S C O M PA
PA N Y )

from the light source or at the distance to be used for of torque. Te thread protectors shall be free of any
inspection, whichever is greater. debris. If additional inspection of the threads or
shoulders will be performed prior to movement, the
c. Te intensity of white light, measured at the inspec- application of thread compound and thread protectors
tion surface, shall not exceed 2 foot-candles. may be postponed until completion of the additional
d. Determine the polarity of the existing magnetic inspection.
field (if any) in each connection using the pocket
magnetometer. Mark each connection “+” (positive) 3.15 Liquid Penetrant Inspection (LPI)
or “-” (negativ
(negative),
e), whichever applies. Te magnetizing
coil shall be placed on the connection so as to reinforce 3.15.1 Scope
(not oppose) any field already present. Magnetizing Tis procedure covers the examination of the bit body
current activation and magnetic particle solution or reamer cutter body. Visible water-washable, solvent-
application shall be performed simultaneously. Te removable, or fluorescent water-washable, self-developing
solution
solution shall be distributed
distributed over the area described penetrant techniques may be employed.
in paragraph 3.14.3. Te magnetizing current shall
3.15.2 Inspection Apparatus
remain on for at least 2 seconds after the solution
has been distributed. Te solution shall be agitated a. Te penetrant andand developer shall be from the same
before each application. Note: ForFor tools racked
racked in close manufacturer.Te labeling on the penetrant materials
proximity, the solution shall be agitated within 3 minute
minute shall specify that the materials meet the sulfur and
intervals during application. halogen requirements of ASM E165.

e. Proper field magnitude and orientation


orientati on shall be b. D
Dry
ry powder or solvent-based (aqueous and non-
verified
verified under black
blacklight
light with either the magnet
magnetic
ic flux aqueous) developers may be used for the visible
indicator strip or the magnetic penetrameter placed techniques.
on the internal surface of each connection while the c. Te quality of
of the penetrant
penetrant materials and
and inspection
solution is being applied and the power is activated. procedure shall be verified by testing a cracked test
f. Te inspection surfaces of the connection shall be ex- piece. Te test piece may be a Liquid Penetrant
amined under blacklight. Unless the bit is positioned Comparator as described
des cribed in Section
Se ction V,
V, ASME Boiler
vertically,, each bit shall be rolled to allow for 360
vertically and Pressure Vessel Code or a quench-cracked, 3/8
degrees of examination and to allow areas under solu- inch thick block of 2024-3 aluminum alloy plate.
tion “puddles” to be inspected. A mirror shall be used d. A calibrated white light intensity meter
meter shall be used
to examine box thread roots, if applicable. Particular to verify illumination. For calibration requirements,
attention should be given to the last engaged threads see section 2.16.
of a pin or box connection.
e. Blacklight Equipment: A blacklight source and a
g. Any crack shall be cause
c ause for rejection. Grinding calibrated blacklight intensity
intensity meter are required.
required.
to remove cracks is not permitted, but areas with For calibration requirements,
requirements, see section 2.16. Te
questionable indications may be recleaned with a blacklight intensity shall be measured with the
nonmetallic andindication
inspected.. If the
inspected nonabrasive buffing
reappea
reappears, wheel
rs, the and re-
connection blacklight meter each time the light is turned on, after
every 8 hours of operation, and at the completion
shall be rejected. of the inspection. Te minimum intensity shall be
h. Tread Compound and Tread Tread Protectors. All accept- 1,000 microwatts per square centimeter at 15 inches
able connections shall be coated with an acceptable from the light source or at the distance to be used for
tool joint compound over all thread and shoulder inspection, whichever is greater.
surfaces, including the end of a pin connection. Tread f. A white light source is required for the visible
protectors with threads shall be applied and secured techniques and shall be capable of producing a light
using between approximately 50 and 100 foot-pounds intensity of at least 50 foot-candles at the inspection
surface.

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

44
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

3.15.3 Preparation conflict. If this is the case,


ca se, the manufacturer’s
manuf acturer’s recom-
a. All surfaces to be inspected
inspected (including the test piece)
piece) mendations shall be used. For For ambient temperatures
shall be cleaned such that no traces of grease, thread
thread between 40 degrees Fahrenheit and 50 degrees
dope, corrosion products, or other contaminants are Fahrenheit, the dwell time shall be a minimum of 20
detected by wiping with a dry, unused white paper minutes. Penetrant
Penetrant testing shall not be performed if
towel or tissue. Surfaces to be cleaned and inspected the ambient temperature or component temperature
include the entire bit body
body,, including the shank and is less than 40 degrees Fahrenheit nor greater than
breaker slot. Te cutters may also be subjected to 125 degrees Fahrenheit.
inspection using liquid penetrant. If any bleed-back
of residue from imperfections is noted, the inspection 3.15.5 Excess Penetrant Removal
area shall be recleaned. a. Water-Washable
ater-Washable Systems:
Systems : Te excess penetran
penetrantt shall
be removed with a low pressure water spray, having
b. Cleaning shall be accomplished by one of the fol- a pressure of less than 40 pounds per square inch.
lowing methods: Te part shall be air dried or dried by blotting with
• Steam or hot
hot water and detergent; dry, lint-free cloths. If forced warm air is used for
drying the part, the forced air temperature at the
Mineral spirits;
spirits; or part surface shall not exceed 120 degrees Fahrenheit.
• Commerci
Commercial
al penetrant solvent. For fluorescent penetrant, to prevent over-washing,
a blacklight shall be used and the spray terminated
c. After cleaning, the inspection surface shall
shall be dried immediately after the background has been removed.
to a degree that a dry, unused paper towel or tissue
rubbed on the surface does not absorb any moisture. b. Visible Solvent Removable Systems: Te inspected
If something other than commercial penetrant solvent surface shall first be wiped with a dry, lint free cloth.
is used, the surfaces shall receive final cleaning with Te solvent shall then be sprayed on a similar cloth
acetone, a methyl-ethyl ketone, or an equivalent and the cloth used to remove the remaining surface
solvent. penetrant.
penetra nt. Tis step may have
ha ve to be repeated.
repeated . Final
Finally,
ly,
d. he same cleaning and process steps shall be the part surface shall be wiped with a dry, lint free
cloth. Note: Te solvent
solvent shall not be sprayed
sprayed or otherwise
otherwise
performed on the connection and the test piece. applied directly to the test surface.
Te test piece temperature
temperature shall be within
within 5 degrees
Fahrenheit of the temperature of the parts to be 3.15.6 Developer Application
inspected. (Steps a and b are not required for self-developing
penetrants.)
3.15.4 Penetrant Application
a. Te test piece shall be inspected before the bit body.
body. a. Te developer shall be applied
applied within 5 minutes after
If the cracks in the test piece are not visible, the completion of the post-rinse drying operation.
inspection shall not be performed on the bit body.
Te cause of the failure shall be corrected and the test b. Te method of application of the developer shall
piece successfully retested before proceeding. provide visually uniform coverage over the surface
being examined.

b. Te penetrant3.15.3.a.
in paragraph shall be applied
shall applied over the areas identified
identified c. Te developing time shall be half of the allowed
penetrant dwell time, but not less than 7 minutes nor
c. Te penetrant shall not be allowed to dry.
dry. Additiona
Additionall more than 30 minutes.
penetrant may be applied to prevent drying but the
part shall be recleaned if the penetrant dries. 3.15.7 Examination and Acceptance Criteria
a. Initial examination
examination to detect
detect gross imperfections and
d. Te dwell time (length of time the penetrant remains contamination on the surface shall be made within
on the surface of the bit body) shall be a minimum one minute after
af ter developer application. A blacklight
of 10 minutes and a maximum of 60 minutes unless shall be used during inspection using fluorescent
the penetrant manufacturer’s
manufacturer ’s recommendations
recommendations are in penetrant.

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

45
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

T H H I L L A S S O C I A T E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I T A S C O M PA
PA N Y )

b. Final examination shall be made after the full 3.16 Pressure Testing of Roller Cone
developing time.
Bits
c. For visible penetrant, the minimum illumination level 3.16.1 Scope
at the inspection surface shall
shal l be 50 foot-candles.
foot-candles . Te
his proced
procedure
ure cover
coverss press
pressure
ure testi
testing
ng of rolle
rollerr cone
white light intensity at the inspection surface shall bits, except roller cone bits with air lubricated bearings.
be verified: Hydraulic or pneumatic pressure may be employed to
• At the start of each
each inspection job;
job; perform a static pressure test on new or used roller cone
• When light fixtures
fixtures change positions or intensity; bits to detect the presence of any leaks.
• When there is a change in relative
relative position of
of the 3.16.2 Test Apparat
Apparatus
us
inspected surface with respect to the light fixture; Pressure gauges used for testing shall be calibrated accord-

• When requested by the customer or a designated ing to section


calibrated 2.16. Pressure
to maintain measuring
+/- 2% accuracy of devices
full-scaleshall be
range.
representative; and
Pressure gauge must be able to read at least 150% of the
• Upon completion
completion of the inspection. test pressure but not more than 500% of the test pressure.
Tese requirements do not apply to direct sunlight
conditions. If adjustments are required to the white 3.16.3 Procedure
light intensity level at the inspection surface, all a. Before applying test pressure, ensure that the roller
components inspected since the last white light cone bit and test apparatus is isolated behind a bar-
intensity level verification shall be re-inspected. ricade of sufficient size and strength to prevent injury
in the event of leak or equipment failure.
d. For fluorescent penetrant, the intensity of white
light measured at the inspection surface during the b. Su
Subject
bject the roller cone bit to 3,000 psi hydraulic
fluorescent LPI shall not exceed 2 foot-candles. pressure or 100 psi pneumatic pressure.
c. After allowing the test pressure to stabilize, the
e. Cracks on the
acceptance bit body
criteria in 3.2shall
Bit be evaluated
Body using
1, 3.3 Bit the
Body pressure source shall be isolated and the line pressure
2, 3.7 Reamer Block & Arm 1, 3.8 Reamer Block & between the pressure source and the roller cone bit
Arm 2, or 3.10 Roller Cone Bit Body inspections, as being tested be
b e bled to zero. Pressure test time period
peri od
applicable., as applicable. does not begin until these steps are accomplished.

f. Cracks on the cutters


cutters shall be evaluated
evaluated using the d. Te minimum hold
hold time shall be one
one minute.
acceptance criteria in 3.4 Cutter 1, 3.5 Cutter 2,
2, or 3.16.4 Acceptance Criteria
3.11 Roller Cone Cutter inspections, as applicable, Any observabl
observablee drop in press
pressure
ure or leaka
leakage
ge detec
detected
ted around
if the LPI is used to inspect the cutters. the nozzle ports, seam welds, or sealing surfaces shall be
g. Indications:
Indica tions: Parts with questionab
questionablele indicati
indications
ons shall cause for rejection. Leakage through connection threads is
be recleaned and re-inspected.
re-in spected. A repeatable rejectable permitted as long as no visible defects exist in the threads.
indication shall be cause for rejection. Grinding or
buffing indications is prohibited. 3.17 Rotation Test of Roller Cone Bits
h. After inspection, the penetrant and developer shall be 3.17.1 Scope
removed with water or solvent spray. With fluorescent Tis procedure covers mechanical testing of roller cone
penetrant, a blacklight shall be used to check for bits with sealed bearings. Cones of new or used roller cone
complete removal. bits shall be individually rotated to evaluate the integrity
of bearing seals.

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

46
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

3.17.2 Preparation
Areas between
between roller cones and bit legs shall be free from
debris, cuttings, or dried drilling mud.
3.17.3 Procedure and Acceptance Criteria
Each cone of the roller cone bit shall be rotated by hand
or using a mechanical advantage (such as a wrench) to
determine if any resistance to rotation is encountered.
A freely rotating roller cone
cone shall be a cause for rejection
unless specifically allowed by the manufacturer’s written
procedures. Freely rotating roller cone results from a
sealing element that is no longer fully engaged with the
corresponding
correspo nding sealing surface and is indicative of impend-
ing seal failure. A functional sealing element should result
in seal friction that will be observed while rotating the
roller cone.

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
47
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

T H H I L L A S S O C I A T E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I T A S C O M PA
PA N Y )
Tis page intentionally left blank.

-
-
`
,
,
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
,
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-

48
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681
Locations/5909681242,
242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Inspection Tables
3.2.2 Bit Body
Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for for Matrix Bit Body Body .............
...................
...... 50 3.3.6 New and Used Roller Cone Bit Bit Body Acceptance Criteria Criteria.... ........89
....89
3.2.2.1 Pockets,
Pockets, Blades, Junk Slots, and Nozzles........ ..................
...................
..................
...................
.............. 50 3.3.6.2 Visual Examination of Seam Weld ..................
...........................
...................
...................
..................
..............
..... 89
3.2.2.2 Gauge Pads ...............
................................
..................................
..................................
..................................
.................................
.....................
..... 60 3.3.6.3 Visual Examination of Roller Cone Bit Leg...........................
...................
...................
.................91
........91
3.2.2.3 Shank and Breaker Slot ...............
................................
..................................
..................................
................................
............... 62
3.2.2.4 Bond Line and Separation Line .............. ........................
...................
..................
...................
...................
..............
..... 63 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria ......... ..................
..................
..................
................
....... 92
3.2.2.5 Through-Hole
Through-Ho le for Through-Bi
Through-Bitt or Coring Bit.......... ...................
..................
...................
.............. 64 3.4.3.1 Orientation
Orientatio n Markings ...............
................................
..................................
..................................
..................................
..................... 92
3.4.3.2 Cracks and Chipping/Sp
Chipping/Spalling alling ..............
.......................
..................
...................
...................
..................
.................93
........93
3.2.3 Bit Body
Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for for Steel
Steel Bit Body........................................
...... 65 3.4.3.3 Substrate Erosion and Corrosion. Corrosion.......... ...................
...................
..................
...................
...................
...............
...... 96
3.2.3.1 Hardfacing .................
..................................
..................................
..................................
.................................
.................................
......................
..... 65 3.4.3.4 Wear ...............
................................
..................................
..................................
..................................
..................................
.................................
.................. 98
3.2.3.2 Base Metal .................
..................................
..................................
..................................
.................................
.................................
......................
..... 67 3.4.3.5 Interfacial
Interfa cial Damage ...............
...............................
.................................
..................................
..................................
.......................1
......100 00
3.2.3.3 Shank and Breaker Slot ...............
................................
..................................
..................................
................................
............... 69 3.4.3.6 Conical Cutters ................
.................................
..................................
.................................
.................................
.............................
............ 101
3.2.3.4 Closed Loop Surface Marks ............ .....................
...................
...................
..................
...................
...................
..............
..... 70
3.5.3 Cutter 2 Inspection Acceptance Criteria .........................................103
3.2.4 Bit Body
Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for for WearWear and and Erosion
Erosion
3.5.4 New and Used Roller Cone Cutting
Cutting Structure
Structure Acceptance
of the Bit Body ...............
................................
..................................
..................................
.................................
.............................
............. 71
Criteria ..............................................................................................................105
3.3.2 Bit Body
Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for for Matrix Bit Body Body .............
...................
...... 74 3.5.4.1 Visual Examination of of TCI Roller Cone ................. ..................................
.................................
................ 105
3.3.2.1 Pocke
Pockets,
ts, Blades, Junk Junk Slots,
Slots, and Nozzles Nozzles..........
...................
..................
...................
...................
........... 74 3.5.4.2 Visual Examination of Milled Tooth Tooth Cutting Structure ................ ....................1
....106
06
3.3.2.2 Gauge Pads ................
.................................
.................................
.................................
..................................
..................................
.....................
.... 76
3.5.5 Ground Gauge Surfaces on a Milled To
Tooth
oth Roller
Roller Cone
Cone .........107
3.5.5 Ground Gauge Surfaces on a Milled To
Tooth
oth Roller
Roller Cone
Cone .........107
3.3.2.3 Shank and Breaker Slot ................
.................................
.................................
.................................
................................
............... 77
3.3.2.4 Bond Line and Separation Line ..............
.......................
...................
...................
..................
...................
...............
..... 78 3.5.6 Ground Milled Tooth Gauge Surface Porosity Acceptance
3.3.2.5 Through-Ho
Through-Hole
le for Through-Bi
Through-Bitt or Coring Bit......... ...................
...................
..................
............
... 79 Criteria ..............................................................................................................107
3.3.3 Bit Body
Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for for Steel
Steel Bit Body........................................
...... 80 3.6.5 Visual Bit Connection Inspection Acceptance Criteria ............108
3.3.3.1 Hardfacing ...............
................................
.................................
.................................
..................................
..................................
........................
....... 80
3.3.3.2 Base Metal ...............
................................
.................................
.................................
..................................
..................................
........................
....... 82 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance
Acceptance Criteria.......110
3.3.3.3 Shank and Breaker Slot ................
.................................
.................................
.................................
................................
............... 85
3.3.3.4 Closed Loop Surface Marks ............ .....................
..................
...................
...................
..................
...................
...............
..... 86 3.7.4.2 Bit Bevel Diameter Ranges for API Reg
Reg Connections........
Connections ...............124
.......124

3.3.4 Bit Body


Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for the Diamond Bit Body Body 3.7.4.3 Bending Strength Ratios
Ratios for BHA Connections .........
..................
.................125
........125
and Sleeve Interface ................
.................................
..................................
..................................
.................................
.................. 87
3.7.4.4 Rotary Shouldered Connection
Connection Interchange List .........
..................
..............131
.....131

4 3.3.5 Bit Body 2 Acceptance


Acceptance Criteria
Criteria for Wear of the Bit Body......
.......... 88
9

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

5 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)


0

Table
Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow)
Yellow)
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.2.
3.2.2.
2.1
1 Poc
ock
ket
ets,
s, Bl
Blad
ades
es,,
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles
Bits with gauge Only one crack propagating between only two pockets More than one crack propagating between
betwe en one or more pock-
OD < 10" in the gauge and OD areas of a single blade ets in the gauge and OD areas of a single blade
One crack propagating between more than one pocket in the
gauge and OD areas of a single blade
Any cracks propagating between pockets in the cone, nose,
or shoulder areas of a single blade

-
-
`
,
,
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
,
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
Figure 3.2.2.1.1
`
,
,
`
-
-
-

Figure 3.2.2.1.3

Figure 3.2.2.1.4
Figure 3.2.2.1.2

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.2.
3.2.2.
2.1
1 Poc
ock
ket
ets,
s, Bl
Blad
ades
es,,
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles
Bits with gauge Only one crack propagating between only two pockets in More than one crack propagating between
betwe en one or more pock-
OD ≥ 10" the gauge, OD, cone, and shoulder areas of a single blade ets in the gauge, OD, cone, or shoulder areas of a single blade
One crack propagating between more than one pocket in the
gauge, OD, cone, or shoulder areas of a single blade
Any cracks propagating between pockets in the nose area of
a single blade

Figure 3.2.2.1.5

Figure 3.2.2.1.7

-
-
-
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
-
`
-
,
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
,
`
`
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
,
,
`

5 -
-

Figure 3.2.2.1.6 Figure 3.2.2.1.8

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

5 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)


2

Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body

3.2.
3.2.2.
2.1
1 Poc
ock
ket
ets,
s, Bl
Blad
ades
es,,
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles
Additional Criteria Cracks propagating from any pocket that are only present Any cracks propagating onto the trailing side of any blade
on the top portion of any blade and do not propagate
onto the leading side or trailing side of that blade

Figure 3.2.2.1.11 Figure 3.2.2.1.13


-
-
-
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
-
`
-
,
`
,
,
,

Figure 3.2.2.1.9 `
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
,
`
`
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
,
,
`
-
-

Figure 3.
3.2.2.1.12 Figure 3.
3.2.2.1.14

Figure 3.2.2.1.10
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.2.
3.2.2.
2.1
1 Poc
ock
ket
ets,
s, Bl
Blad
ades
es,,
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles
Additional Criteria One crack on the leading side of a single blade that is no One crack on the leading side of a single blade that exceeds
more than 3/8 inch in every major direction and does not 3/8 inch in any major direction -
-

propagate into the root radius or the adjacent junk slot


-
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
-
`
-
,
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
,
`
`
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
,
,
`
-
-

Figure 3.2.2.1.15 Figure 3.2.2.1.17

Any crack that propagates into the root radius or the adjacent
junk slot

5
3 Figure 3.2.2.1.16 Figure 3.2.2.1.18

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

5 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)


4

continued
Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow)
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.2.
3.2.2.
2.1
1 Poc
ock
ket
ets,
s, Bl
Blad
ades
es,,
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles
Additional Criteria

Figure 3.2.2.1.19
Figure 3.2.2.1.20

-
-
`
,
,
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
`
`

,
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
Figure 3.2.2.1.21
`
`
,
,
,
`
,
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
`
,
,
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
`
- Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
-
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
-
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.2.
3.2.2.
2.1
1 Poc
ock
ket
ets,
s, Bl
Blad
ades
es,,
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles
Additional Criteria More than one crack on the leading side of a single blade

Figure 3.2.2.1.22

-
-
`
,
,
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`

5 ,
-
`

5
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

5 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)


6

Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.2.
3.2.2.
2.1
1 Poc
ock
ket
ets,
s, Bl
Blad
ades
es,,
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles
Additional Criteria Any crack that only exists in a junk slot that is no more Any crack that only exists in a junk slot that exceeds 3/8 inch
than 3/8 inch in every major direction and is not within in any major direction
1 inch of any other crack and does not propagate into
any nozzle threads

Figure 3.2.2.1.23 Figure 3.2.2.1.25


Any crack that only exists in a junk slot that is within 1 inch of
any other crack

-
-
`
,
,
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
,
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
- Figure 3.2.2.1.26 Figure 3.2.2.1.27
Figure 3.2.2.1.24

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body

3.2.
3.2.2.
2.1
1 Pock
ocket
ets,
s, Bl
Blad
ades
es,,
-
-
-

Junk Slots, and `


,
,
`
,
`

Nozzles
,
,
`
,
,
`
-
`
-

Additional Criteria Any crack that propagates into any nozzle threads ,
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
,
`
`
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
,
,
`
-
-

Figure 3.2.2.1.30

Figure 3.2.2.1.28

Figure 3.2.2.1.29 Figure 3.2.2.1.31

5
7
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

5 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)


8

Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.2.
3.2.2.
2.1
1 Poc
ock
ket
ets,
s, Bl
Blad
ades
es,,
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles
Additional Criteria One crack propagating from the pocket of a conical cutter Two or more cracks propagating from the pocket of a conical
that is present at the center of the bit as long as the crack
cra ck cutter that is present at the center of the bit
does not exceed 3/8 inch in every major direction, is not
within 1 inch of any other crack, and does not extend
into any nozzle threads

Figure 3.2.2.1.34

Any crack propagating from the pocket of a conical cutter


that is present at the center of the bit that extends into any
Figure 3.2.2.1.32
nozzle threads

Figure 3.2.2.1.33
Figure 3.2.2.1.35

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.2.
3.2.2.
2.1
1 Poc
ock
ket
ets,
s, Bl
Blad
ades
es,,
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles
Additional Criteria Any crack propagating from the pocket of a conical cutter
that is present at the center of the bit that is within 1 inch of
any other crack

-
-
`
,
,
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
,
-
`

-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-

Figure 3.2.2.1.36

Any crack propagating from the pocket of a conical cutter that


is present at the center of the bit that exceeds 3/8 inch in any
major direction

5
9
Figure 3.2.2.1.37

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

6 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)


0

Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.2.2.2 Gauge Pads Cracks propagating between the wear elements on a
gauge pad

Figure 3.2.2.2.1 Figure 3.2.2.2.2

Cracks propagating on the leading or trailing side of a Any crack on the leading or trailing side of a gauge pad that
gauge pad if they are not mostly vertical (parallel
( parallel with the is mostly vertical (parallel with the longitudinal axis of the bit)
longitudinal axis of the bit) and do not propagate into
the root radius of the gauge pad or the adjacent junk slot

-
-
`
,
,
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
,
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-

Figure 3.2.2.2.3 Figure 3.2.2.2.4

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.2.2.2 Gauge Pads Any crack that propagates from a gauge pad into the root
radius of the gauge pad or the adjacent junk slot
-
-
-
`
,
,
`

Figure 3.2.2.2.5 Figure 3.2.2.2.6


,
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
-
`
-
,
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
,
`
`
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
,
,
`
-
-

Figure 3.2.2.2.7

6
1

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

6 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)


2

Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.2.2.3 S ha
ha nk
nk a nd
nd B re
re ak
ake r No cracks Any cracks
Slot

Figure 3.2.2.3.1 Figure 3.2.2.3.2

-
-
-
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
-
`
-
,
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
,
`
`
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
,
,
`
-
-

Figure 3.2.2.3.3 Figure 3.2.2.3.4

Copyrightby
Provided THIHS
HillMarkit
Associates,
under Inc.
license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.2.2.4 Bond Line and Any void or other imperfection surrounding the bond Any void or other imperfection surrounding the bond line
Separation Line line that is less than or equal to 13/64 inch in every that is greater than 13/64 inch in any major direction or
major direction and less than 3/64 inch in depth and greater than 3/64 inch in depth
not within 2 inches of any other void or imperfection

Figure 3.2.2.4.1 Figure 3.2.2.4.2

Any void or other imperfection that is within 2 inches of any


other void or imperfection

6
3

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


-
-
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
`
,
,
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
,
,
`
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
,
`
,
,
`
`

6 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)


4

Table 3.2.2 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.2.2.4 Bond Line and The separation line at the shoulder of a non-integral
non-integral,,
Separation Line 3-piece bit

Figure 3.2.2.4.3 Figure 3.2.2.4.4


Figure 3.2.2.4.5

Any voids or other imperfections surrounding the sepa- Any voids or other imperfections surrounding the separa-
ration line that are less than or equal to 13/64 inch in tion line that are greater than 13/64 inch in any major direc-
every major direction and less than 3/64 inch in depth tion or greater than 3/64 inch in depth
and not within 2 inches of any other void or imperfec-
tion
Any voids or other imperfections that are within 2 inches of
any other voids or imperfections

3.2.
3.2.2.
2.5
5 Throu
Through
gh-H
-Hoole for No cr
crac
acks
ks pr
prop
opag
agat
atin
ing
g in
into
to th
the
e th
thro
roug
ugh-
h-ho
hole
le Anyy cr
An crac
ack
k th
that
at pr
prop
opag
agat
ates
es in
into
to th
the
e th
thro
roug
ugh-
h-ho
hole
le
Through-Bit or
Coring Bit
Pits that are measured or visually estimated to be less Any pit that is measured or visually estimated to be deeper
than or equal to 1/8 inch deep than 1/8 inch
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.2.3 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow)
Yellow)
Cracks and Porosity
Section Acceptable Rejectable
in Steel Bit Body
3.2.
3.2.3.
3.1
1 Harrdfa
Ha faci
cing
ng Anyy cr
An crac
ack
ks th
that do not pr
propag
agat
ate
e in
into th
the bas
base
e met
metal
al Anyy cr
An crac
ack
k th
that prop
opag
agat
ates
es in
intto th
the bas
base
e met
metal
al

Figure 3.2.3.1.1 Figure 3.2.3.1.2

Figure 3.2.3.1.7
Figure 3.2.3.1.3

Figure 3.2.3.1.4 Figure 3.2.3.1.5

6
5

Figure 3.2.3.1.6
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

6
6 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)

Table 3.2.3 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks and Porosity
Section Acceptable Rejectable
in Steel Bit Body
3.2.3.1 Hardfacing
Figure 3.2.3.1.8

Figure 3.2.3.1.9

Figure 3.2.3.1.10
Any void or pore on any part of a blade that is less than Any void or pore on any part of a blade that is greater than
or equal to 1/16 inch in any major direction and depth 1/16 inch in any major direction or depth--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.2.3 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks and Porosity
Section Acceptable Rejectable
in Steel Bit Body
3.2.3.2 Base Metal No cracks Any crack

Figure 3.2.3.2.1 Figure 3.2.3.2.2

Figure 3.2.3.2.3

Figure 3.2.3.2.4

6
7

Figure 3.2.3.2.5 Figure 3.2.3.2.6


--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
6 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)
8

Table 3.2.3 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks and Porosity
Section Acceptable Rejectable
in Steel Bit Body
3.2.3.2 Base Me
Metal

Figure 3.2.3.2.7

Figure 3.2.3.2.8 Figure 3.2.3.2.9

Figure 3.2.3.2.10 Figure 3.2.3.2.11


--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.2.3 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks and Porosity
Section Acceptable Rejectable
in Steel Bit Body
3.2.3.3 S ha
ha nk
nk a nd
nd B re
re ak
ake r No cracks Any crack
Slot

Figure 3.2.3.3.1 Figure 3.2.3.3.2


Figure 3.2.3.3.3 Figure 3.2.3.3.4

6
9

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

7 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)


0

Table 3.2.3 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks and Porosity
Section Acceptable Rejectable
in Steel Bit Body
3.2.
3.2.3.
3.4
4 Closed
Closed Lo
Loo
op Su
Surf
rfa
ace A surface mark found on any part of the base metal that A surface mark found on any par t of the base metal that ap-
Marks forms a closed loop, as long as the entirety of the closed pears to form a closed loop, for which the entirety of the closed
loop can be visually veried loop cannot be visually veried

Figure 3.2.3.4.1

Figure 3.2.3.4.2

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1 Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.2.4 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for the Wear and Erosion of the Bit Body
Wear and Erosion
Section Acceptable Rejectable
of Bit Body
3.2.4 Wear and Erosion of Bit Body Reference Condition A: No chipping/spalling, Bit Body Reference Condition C: Signicant erosion or wear
Bit Body corrosion, erosion, or other damage to any area including of the bit body and slight loss of material. Signs of signicant
the junk slots and the shank. No damage to any depth damage to a gauge pad and the wear elements. Undercutting
Undercutting
of cut management element. No wear or other damage that has started to expose the wear elements or the back-
to the gauge pads or wear elements. A gauge pad with a reamer, if present. Signicant erosion of a nozzle, including
step or taper design. No wear, erosion,
erosion, or other damage missing threads.
to nozzle threads or nozzle seats.
Figure 3.2.4.1 Figure 3.2.4.2 Figure 3.2.4.14 Figure 3.2.4.15

-
-
`
Figure 3.2.4.16 Figure 3.2.4.17
,
,
,
,
` Figure 3.2.4.4
,
`
,
,
`
Figure 3.2.4.3
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
,
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-

7
1
Figure 3.2.4.5 Figure 3.2.4.18 Figure 3.2.4.19

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

7 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)


2

Table
Table 3.2.4 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for the Wear and Erosion of the Bit Body continued

Wear and Erosion


Section Acceptable Rejectable
of Bit Body
3.2.4 Wear and Erosion of Bit Body Reference Condition B: Minor wear or erosion of Bit Body Reference Condition D: Severe erosion or wear of the
Bit Body the bit body, including the gauge pads. Minor wear of a bit body and loss of material. Signs of severe damage to the -
-
-
`

non-replaceable depth of cut management element but gauge pads and wear elements. Undercutting that severely
,
,
`
,
`
,
,

no wear or damage to a replaceable depth of cut man- exposes the wear elements or the backreamer, if present. Se-
`
,
,
`
-
`
-

agment element. Slight damage to the wear elements. vere erosion of the nozzles, including multiple missing threads. ,
`
,
,
,
`

A gauge pad with a step or taper design. Minor wear or


`
`
`
`
`
,
,

erosion of the nozzles.


,
`
`
,
`
`
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
,
,
`
-
-

Figure 3.2.4.20 Figure 3.2.4.21


Figure 3.2.4.6 Figure 3.2.4.7

Figure 3.2.4.22 Figure 3.2.4.23


Figure 3.2.4.8 Figure 3.2.4.9

Figure 3.2.4.10 Figure 3.2.4.11 Figure 3.2.4.24 Figure 3.2.4.25

Figure 3.2.4.12 Figure 3.2.4.13 Figure 3.2.4.26 Figure 3.2.4.27


Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table
Table 3.2.4 Bit Body 1 Acceptance Criteria for the Wear and Erosion of the Bit Body continued

Wear and Erosion


Section Acceptable Rejectable
of Bit Body
3.2.4 Wear and Erosion of A depth of cut managment element in the gauge area that
Bit Body is ground in order to pass the ring gauging inspection, if
there is evidence that the grinding is relatively uniform
and possibly present on a nearby cutter or other parts
of the bit body

Figure 3.2.4.28

7
3

-
-
`
,
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
,
,
,
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
`
,
`
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
,
,
`
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
`
`
,
`
`
,

7 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)


4

Table
Table 3.3.2 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow)
Yellow)
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.3.
3.3.2.
2.1
1 Poc
ock
ket
ets,
s, Bl
Blad
ades
es,, No cracks Any crack
Junk Slots, and
Nozzles

Figure 3.3.2.1.1

Figure 3.3.2.1.5

Figure 3.3.2.1.2
Figure 3.3.2.1.3 Figure 3.3.2.1.6

Figure 3.3.2.1.4
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- Figure 3.3.2.1.7

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.3.2 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.3.
3.3.2.
2.1
1 Poc
ock
ket
ets,
s, Bl
Blad
ades
es,,
Junk Slots, and -
-

Nozzles -
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
-
`
-
,
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
,
`
`
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
,
,
`
-
-

Figure 3.3.2.2.8

Figure 3.3.2.2.9

7
5

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

7
6
T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)

Table 3.3.2 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.3.2.2 Gauge Pads No cracks Any crack

-
-
-
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
-
`
-
,
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
,
`
`
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
,
,
`
-
-

Figure 3.3.2.2.1

Figure 3.3.2.2.2

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.3.2 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.3.
3.3.2.
2.3
3 Shan
Shank
k an
and
d Br
Brea
eak
ker No cracks Any crack
Slot

Figure 3.3.2.3.1 Figure 3.3.2.3.2

Figure 3.3.2.3.3 Figure 3.3.2.3.4

7
7

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
7 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)
8

Table 3.3.2 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.3.2.4 Bond Line and Any void or other imperfection surrounding the bond Any void or other imperfection surrounding the bond line
Separation Line line that is less than or equal to 13/64 inch in every that is greater than 13/64 inch in any major direction or
major direction and less than 3/64 inch in depth and greater than 3/64 inch in depth
not within 2 inches of any other void or imperfection

Figure 3.3.2.4.1 Figure 3.3.2.4.2

Any void or other imperfection that is within 2 inches of any


other void or imperfection

-
-
`
,
,
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
,
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.3.2 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Matrix Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks in Matrix
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Bit Body
3.3.2.4 Bond Line and The separation line at the shoulder of a non-integral
non-integral,,
Separation Line 3-piece bit

-
-
-
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
-
`
-
,
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,

Figure 3.3.2.4.3 Figure 3.3.2.4.4 `


`
,
`
`
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
,
,
`
-
-

Figure 3.3.2.4.5

Any void or other imperfection surrounding the separa- Any void or other imperfection surrounding the separation
tion line that is less than or equal to 13/64 inch in every line that is greater than 13/64 inch in any major direction or
major direction and less than 3/64 inch in depth and not greater than 3/64 inch in depth
within 2 inches of any other void or imperfection

Any void or other imperfection that is within 2 inches of any


other void or imperfection
3.3.
3.3.2.
2.5
5 Throu
Through
gh-H
-Hoole for No cr
crac
acks
ks pr
prop
opag
agat
atin
ing
g in
into
to th
the
e th
thro
roug
ugh-
h-ho
hole
le Anyy cr
An crac
ack
k th
that
at pr
prop
opag
agat
ates
es in
into
to th
the
e th
thro
roug
ugh-
h-ho
hole
le
Through-Bit or
Coring Bit
Pits that are measured or visually estimated to be less Any pit that is measured or visually estimated to be deeper
7
9
than or equal to 1/8 inch deep than 1/8 inch

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

8 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)


0

Table
Table 3.3.3 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body
B ody (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow)
Yellow)
Cracks and Porosity
Section Acceptable Rejectable
in Steel Bit Body
3.3.3.1 Hardfacing Hairline cracks, which cannot be caught with a fnger-
fnger- Any cracks except hairline cracks (the cracks Shown below
-

nail, as long as they do not extend into the base metal are not hairline cracks) -
-
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
-
`
-
,
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
,
`
`
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
,
,
`
-
-

Figure 3.3.3.1.1

Figure 3.3.3.1.4

Figure 3.3.3.1.2
Figure 3.3.3.1.5

Figure 3.3.3.1.6 Figure 3.3.3.1.7


Figure 3.3.3.1.3

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.3.3 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks and Porosity
Section Acceptable Rejectable
in Steel Bit Body
3.3.3.1 Hardfacing
Figure 3.3.3.1.8

Figure 3.3.3.1.9

Any void or pore on any part of a blade that is less than Any void or pore on any part of a blade that is greater than
8 or equal to 1/16 inch in any major direction and depth 1/16 inch in any major direction or depth
1

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

8 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)


2

Table 3.3.3 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks and Porosity
Section Acceptable Rejectable
in Steel Bit Body
3.3.3.2 Base Metal No cracks Any crack
-
-
-
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
-
`
-
,
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
,
`
`
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
,
,
`
-
-

Figure 3.3.3.2.1

Figure 3.3.3.2.2

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.3.3 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks and Porosity
Section Acceptable Rejectable
in Steel Bit Body
3.3.3.2 Base Me
Metal

Figure 3.3.3.2.3

-
-
-
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
-
`
-
,
`

Figure 3.3.3.2.4 ,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
,
`
`
`
,
,

Figure 3.3.3.2.5
`
,
`
,
,
,
,
`
-
-

8 Figure 3.3.3.2.6 Figure 3.3.3.2.7


3

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

8 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)


4

Table 3.3.3 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued

Section Cracks and Porosity Acceptable Rejectable


in Steel Bit Body
3.3.3.2 Base Me
Metal

Figure 3.3.3.2.8

-
-
`
,
,
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
,
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-

Figure 3.3.3.2.9 Figure 3.3.3.2.10


Figure 3.3.3.2.11 Figure 3.3.3.2.12

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.3.3 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks and Porosity
Section Acceptable Rejectable
in Steel Bit Body
3.3.3.3 S ha
ha nk
nk a nd
nd B re
re ak
ake r No cracks Any crack
Slot

Figure 3.3.3.3.1 Figure 3.3.3.3.2

Figure 3.3.3.3.3 Figure 3.3.3.3.4


-
-
`
,
,
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
,
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,

8
`
-
-

5
-

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

8 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)


6

Table 3.3.3 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for a Steel Bit Body (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Cracks and Porosity
Section Acceptable Rejectable
in Steel Bit Body
3.3.
3.3.3.
3.4
4 Closed
Closed Lo
Loo
op Su
Surf
rfa
ace A surface mark found on any part of the base metal that A surface mark found on any par t of the base metal that ap-
Marks forms a closed loop, as long as the entirety of the closed pears to form a closed loop, for which the entirety of the closed
loop can be visually verifed loop cannot be visually verifed
Figure 3.3.3.4.1

Figure 3.3.3.4.2
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.3.4 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for the Diamond Bit Body and Sleeve Interface

Section Indications Acceptable Rejectable

3.3.4 Diamond Bit Body Any transverse indication at the interface between the Any indication near the interface between the matrix body
and Sleeve matrix body and the steel sleeve of a diamond bit, if the and the steel sleeve of a diamond bit that is not transverse or
Interface indication is perfectly linear and similar indications exist perfectly linear
in multiple locations spaced apart

-
-
-
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
-
`
-
,
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
,
`
`
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
,
,
`
-
-

Figure 3.3.4.1

8
7

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi

No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
8 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)
8

Table 3.3.5 Bit Body 2 Acceptance Criteria for Wear of the Bit Body

Section Wear of Bit Body Acceptable Rejectable

3.3.5 Wear No signs of wear Any signs of wear


A depth of cut managment element in the gauge area that
is ground in order to pass the ring gauging inspection, if
there is evidence that the grinding is relatively uniform
and possibly present on a nearby cutter or other parts
of the bit body

Figure 3.3.5.1

-
-
`
,
,
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
,
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.3.6 New and Used Roller Cone Bit Body Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like
(Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow)
Yellow)

Section Seam Weld Acceptable Rejectable

3.3.
3.3.6.
6.2.
2.1
1 Visual
Visual Exami
Examina
nati
tion
on Undercut, lack of welding, and/or weld which does not Cracks visible to the unaided eye in the weld are not allowed.
of Seam Weld contour to the U-groove in the legs are acceptable. Vis-
ible interruptions at the intersection of vertical seam
weld along the OD of the legs and the dome welds are
acceptable.
Figure 3.3.6.1 Figure 3.3.6.2

8
9

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

9 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)


0

Table 3.3.6 New and Used Roller


Roller Cone Bit Body Acceptance Criteria continued

Section Seam Weld Acceptable Rejectable

3.3.6.
3.3.6.2.1
2.1 Visual
Visual Exam
Examin
inat
atio
ion
n of
of Overlapping weld which does not contour to the weld
External Seam Weld grooves in the legs is acceptable

-
-
`
,
,
,
,
`
,
`
Figure 3.3.6.3
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
,
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.3.6 New and Used Roller Cone Bit Body Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued

Section Seam Weld Acceptable Rejectable

3.3.
3.3.6.
6.3
3 Visual
Visual Ex
Exam
amin
inat
atio
ion
n of
of Center crater cracks in ball hole weld and cracks in Cracks around ball hole weld and in the base metal between
Roller Cone Bit Leg shirt-tail hardfacing that do not enter base metal are gauge protection inserts are not acceptable.
acceptable.
Figure 3.3.6.4 Figure 3.3.6.5

-
-
-
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
-
`
-
,
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
,
`
`
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
,
,
`
-
-

9
1

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

9 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)


2

Table 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow)
Condition of
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Cutters
3.4.3.1 Orientation Any marking purposefully applied to a cutter for None
Markings identifcation or orientation

-
-
-
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
-
`
-
,
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
,
`
`
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
,
,
`
-
-

Figure 3.4.3.1.1

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard


Table 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow)
Condition of
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Cutters
3.4.3.2 Cracks and
Chipping/Spalling
Rotating Cutters The ring that is created by the socket of a rotating cutter

Figure 3.4.3.2.1

Exposed cutting edge No cracks or chipping/spalling Any crack or chipping/spalling


of the diamond table

Figure 3.4.3.2.2 Figure 3.4.3.2.3

9
3 -

Figure 3.4.3.2.4 Figure 3.4.3.2.5


-
`
,
,
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
,
`
`

Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL


`
`
`
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
`
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
,
,
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
,
`
,
-
`
-

9 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)


4

Table 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued

Section Condition
Cutters of Acceptable Rejectable
3.4.3.2 Cracks and
Chipping/Spalling
Cutters with One crack or chipped/spalled area if every point of the One crack or chipped/spalled area with any point of the
OD ≤ 9/16 inch crack or chipped/spalled area is within 1/16 inch to the crack or chipped/spalled area over 1/16 inch from the non-
non-exposed edge of the cutter and no point of the exposed edge of the cutter
crack enters the exposed edge of the cutter

Figure 3.4.3.2.6 Figure 3.4.3.2.7 Figure 3.4.3.2.8 Figure 3.4.3.2.9

Cutters with One crack or chipped/spalled area if every point of the One crack or chipped/spalled area with any point of the
OD > 9/16 inch crack or chipped/spalled area is within 1/8 inch to the crack or chipped/spalled area over 1/8 inch from the non-
non-exposed edge of the cutter and no point of the exposed edge of the cutter
crack enters the exposed edge of the cutter
Figure 3.4.3.2.10 Figure 3.4.3.2.11 Figure 3.4.3.2.12 Figure 3.4.3.2.13

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table
Table 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Condition of
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Cutters
3.4.3.2 Cracks and
Chipping/Spalling
Additional Criteria More than one crack or more than one chipped/spalled area
on a single cutter, even if the damage does not enter the -
-

exposed edge of the cutter -


`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
-
`
-
,
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
,
`
`
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
,
,
`
-
-

Figure 3.4.3.2.14

Any crack that propagates from the cutter into the substrate

Figure 3.4.3.2.15
Figure 3.4.3.2.16

9
5

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

9 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)


6

Table
Table 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Condition of
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Cutters
3.4.
3.4.3.
3.3
3 Subst
Substra
ratte Er
Erosi
sio
on No erosion or corrosion on the exposed cutting edge Any erosion or corrosion on the exposed cutting edge of
and Corrosion of the diamond table the diamond table

One area of erosion on a single substrate if the erosion More than one area of erosion on a single substrate
is less than or equal to 7/64 inch in every dimension

Any erosion that is greater than 7/64 inch in any dimension


Figure 3.4.3.3.2 Figure 3.4.3.3.3
Figure 3.4.3.3.1

Figure 3.4.3.3.4 Figure 3.4.3.3.5

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table
Table 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Condition of
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Cutters
3.4.
3.4.3.
3.3
3 Subst
Substra
ratte Er
Erosi
sio
on
and Corrosion

Figure 3.4.3.3.6

Figure 3.4.3.3.7

9 Figure 3.4.3.3.8 Figure 3.4.3.3.9


7

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

9 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)


8
Table
Table 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Condition of
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Cutters
3.4.3.4 Wear

Exposed cutting edge No wear Any wear


of the diamond table

Figure 3.4.3.4.1 Figure 3.4.3.4.2


Cutters with One or two areas of wear if the gap between the cutter One or two areas of wear if the gap between the cutter
OD ≤ 9/16 inch pocket and the wear line is less than or equal to 1/16 pocket and the wear line is greater than 1/16 inch
inch and no point of the wear enters the exposed edge
of the cutter

-
-
`
,
,
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
,
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-

Figure 3.4.3.4.3 Figure 3.4.3.4.4

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table
Table 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Condition of
Section Cutters Acceptable Rejectable
3.4.3.4 Wear

Cutters with One or two areas of wear if the gap between the cutter One or two areas of wear if the gap between the cutter
OD > 9/16 inch pocket and the wear line is less than or equal to 1/8 pocket and the wear line is greater than 1/8 inch
inch and no point of the wear enters the exposed edge
of the cutter

Figure 3.4.3.4.5 Figure 3.4.3.4.6


-
-
-
`
,
,

Additional Criteria A cutter in the gauge area that is uniformly ground in More than two areas of wear on a single cutter `
,
`
,
,
`

order to pass the ring gauging inspection


,
,
`
-
`
-
,

Areas of wear that overlap one another, even if only two


`
,
,
,
`
`
`

areas of wear are present `


`
`
,
,
,
`
`
,
`
`
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
,
,
`
-
-
9
9 Figure 3.4.3.4.7

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

1
0 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)
0

Table
Table 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Condition of
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Cutters
3.4.
3.4.3.
3.5
5 Inte
Interfa
rfaci
cial
al Dam
Damag
age
e One area
One area of
of inte
interfa
rfaci
cial
al dam
damag
age
e on a sing
single
le cut
cutte
terr if the
the More than one area of interfacial damage on a single cutter
interfacial damage is less than or equal to 1/16 inch in
every dimension

Any interfacial damage that is greater than 1/16 inch in any


dimension

Figure 3.4.3.5.1 Figure 3.4.3.5.2

-
-
`
,
,
,
,
`
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
,
`
,
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
,
` Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
`

No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS


`
,
`
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
`
,
,
,
`
`

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table
Table 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Condition of
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Cutters
3.4.
3.4.3.
3.6
6 Coni
Conica
call Cut
Cuttter
erss Anyy ch
An chip
ippi
ping
ng/s
/spa
pall
llin
ing
g or ot
othe
herr for
forms
ms of pi
pitt
ttin
ing
g on a Any chipping/spalling or other forms of pitting on a single
single cutter if every pit is less than or equal to 1/32 cutter if any pit is greater than 1/32 inch in any dimension
inch in every dimension

Figure 3.4.3.6.1 Figure 3.4.3.6.2


Wear of the conical nose if the s harpest point of the tip Wear of the conical nose if the s harpest point of the tip is
is less than or equal to 3/64 inch in every dimension greater than 3/64 inch in any dimension

-
-
`
,
Figure 3.4.3.6.3 Figure 3.4.3.6.4 Figure 3.4.3.6.7
,
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
,
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-

1
0 Figure 3.4.3.6.5 Figure 3.4.3.6.6
1

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

1
0 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)
2

Table
Table 3.4.3 Cutter 1 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Condition of
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Cutters
3.4.
3.4.3.
3.6
6 Coni
Conica
call Cut
Cuttter
erss No cr
crac
acks
ks,, ero
erosi
sion
on,, cor
corro
rosi
sion
on,, int
inter
erfa
faci
cial
al da
dama
mage
ge,, or
or Any crack, erosion, corrosion, interfacial damage, or
substrate damage substrate damage

-
-
`
,
,
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
`
`

Figure 3.4.3.6.8
,
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
,
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
-
-
-

Figure 3.4.3.6.9

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard


Table 3.5.3 Cutter 2 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow)
Condition of
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Cutters
3.5.3 Cutters No cracks, chipping/spalling, substrate erosion, wear, Any crack, chipping/spalli
chipping/spalling,
ng, substrate erosion, wear,
corrosion, or interfacial damage corrosion, or interfacial damage
The ring that is created by the socket of a rotating
cutter

-
-
`
,
,
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`

Figure 3.5.3.1
`
,
,
,
`
,
-
`
Figure 3.5.3.3
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
,
Any marking purposefully applied to a cutter for
identifcation or orientation
`
,
,
`
-
-
-

1 Figure 3.5.3.2
0 Figure 3.5.3.4
3

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

1
0 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)
4

Table 3.5.3 Cutter 2 Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow) continued
Condition of
Section Cutters Acceptable Rejectable
3.5.3 Cutters A cutter in the gauge area that is ground in order to
pass the ring gauging inspection

Figure 3.5.3.6 Figure 3.5.3.7

Figure 3.5.3.5

Figure 3.5.3.8 Figure 3.5.3.9


Figure 3.5.3.10 Figure 3.5.3.11

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.5.4 New and Used Roller Cone Cutting Structure Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow)
Yellow)
Cutting
Section Acceptable/Rejectable
Structure
3.5.
3.5.4.
4.1
1 Visual
Visual Exa
Exammin
inat
atiion Visible cracks on tungsten carbide inserts or cones are not acceptable
of TCI Roller Cone

1 Figure 3.5.4.1
0
5

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


-
-
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
`
,
,
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
,
,
`
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
,
`
,
,
`
`

1
0 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)
6

Table 3.5.4 New and Used Roller Cone Cutting Structure Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow)
Yellow) continued
Cutting
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Structure
3.5.
3.5.4.
4.2
2 Visual
Visual Exa
Exammin
inat
atiion Cracks in milled tooth hardfacing that do not enter Cracks in milled tooth hardfacing that enter base metal are
of Milled Tooth the base metal and are not parallel to tooth crest are not acceptable.
Cutting Structure acceptable. Cracks that are parallel to tooth crest are not acceptable.
Figure 3.5.4.2

Figure 3.5.4.3
-
-
-
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
-
`
-
,
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
,
`
`
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
,
,
`
-
-

Figure 3.5.4.4

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table
Table 3.5.5 Location of Ground Gauge Surfaces on a Milled Tooth
Tooth Roller Cone

Section

3.5.
3.5.5
5 Loca
Locati
tion
on of gr
grou
ound
nd ga
gaug
uge
e sur
surfa
face
cess of
of mil
mille
led
d tee
teeth
th

-
-
`
,
,
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
,
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`

,
`
,
,
`
-
-

Figure 3.5.5
-

Table 3.5.6 Ground Milled Tooth


Tooth Gauge Surface Porosity Acceptance Criteria

Porosity Di
Diameter Critical Ar
Areas of
of Ga
Gauge ToTooth Non-Critical Area of Gauge Tooth
(See Figure 3.5.5) (See Figure 3.5.5)
Greater than 1/8 inch [3.2 mm] Unacceptable Up to two per tooth
3/32 to 1/8 inch [2.4 - 3.2 mm] Up to two p
pe
er tooth Acceptable
1
0 Less than 3/32 inch [2.4 mm] Up to eight p
pe
er tooth Acceptable
7

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

1
0 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)
8

Table 3.6.5 Visual Bit Connection Inspection Acceptance Criteria (Crack-Like Indications Shown in Yellow)
Yellow)
API
Section Acceptable Rejectable
Connection
3.6.5 Pitting in the Pin Internal pin indications such as spaces between bit legs or leg misalignment are
Inside Diameter allowed. Internal seams can have varying gap widths, and visual seams based on
designed geometry are acceptable.

Figure 3.6.5.1

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.6.5 Visual Bit Connection Inspection Acceptance Criteria continued


API
Section Connection Acceptable Rejectable
3.6.5 Pin End Surface Pin end surface cracks visible with un-aided eye are not
Cracks acceptable.

Figure 3.6.5.2
Figure 3.6.5.3

1
0
9
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

1
1 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)
0

Table
Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria
(All dimensions in inches)

Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8


BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BS R 2 .2 5 - 2 .7 5 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
NC23 1 1 /8 2 58/64 3 9/64 -- -- -- -- 3 1/8 2 61/64 3 4/64 Max Pin Length 3 1/16
1 1 /4 2 56/64 3 7/64 -- -- -- -- Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
1 1 /2 2 51/64 3 -- -- -- -- Max C'Bore Diameter 2 11/16
1 3 /4 2 42/64 2 53/64 -- -- -- -- Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
NC26 1 1 /2 3 17/64 3 34/64 -- -- -- -- 3 3/8 3 19/64 3 22/64 7
Max Pin Length 3 1/16
1 3 /4 3 12/64 3 27/64 -- -- -- -- 3 1/2 3 20/64 3 29/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 3 2/64 3 15/64 -- -- -- -- 3 5/8 3 20/64 3 30/647 Max C'Bore Diameter 3
3 3/4 3 20/64 3 30/647 Boreback Diameter N/A
3 7/8 3 20/64 3 42/647 Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
NC31 1 1 /2 3 63/64 4 20/64 -- -- -- -- 4 1/8 3 63/64 4 5/64 Max Pin Length 3 9/16
1 3 /4 3 60/64 4 16/64 -- -- -- -- 4 1/4 3 63/64 4 13/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 3 55/64 4 10/64 -- -- -- -- 4 3/8 3 63/64 4 21/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 3 33/64
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
NC35 2 4 23/64 4 46/64 -- -- -- -- 4 1/2 4 21/64 4 29/64 Max Pin Length 3 13/16
2 1 /4 4 18/64 4 39/64 -- -- -- -- 4 5/8 4 21/64 4 37/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 1 /2 4 10/64 4 30/64 -- -- -- -- 4 3/4 4 21/64 4 43/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 3 7/8
Boreback DiDiameter 3 15
15/64 - 3 16
16/64

P
Piin
nRRe
elliie
eff D
Wiiadmtheter 3/4 (+39
.2/0302,--31./23321)
Bore
Bo reba
backck Cyl
Cylininde
derr Leng
Length
th 6 3/4
3/4 - 7 13/1
13/16 6
NC38 2 1 /4 4 44/64 5 4/64 -- -- -- -- 4 3/4 4 39/64 4 45/64 Max Pin Length 4 1/16
2 1 /2 4 38/64 4 61/64 -- -- -- -- 4 7/8 4 39/64 4 53/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
5 4 3 9/
9/ 64
64 4 6 1/
1/ 64
64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 9/64
5 1/8
1/8 4 39
39/6
/644 5 5/
5/64
64 Boreback Di Diameter 3 30
30/64 - 3 31 31/64
5 1/4
1/4 4 39
39/6
/644 5 5/
5/64
64 Pin Relief Diameter 3.477 - 3.508
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cy Cylinder Le Length 7 - 8 1/16

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8


BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BS R 2 .2 5 - 2 .7 5 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
NC40 2 5 6/64 5 34/64 -- -- -- -- 5 1/4 5 2/64 5 13/64 Max Pin Length 4 9/16
2 1 /4 5 3/64 5 29/64 -- -- -- -- 5 3/8 5 2/64 5 21/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 1 /2 4 62/64 5 24/64 -- -- -- -- 5 1/2 5 2/64 5 27/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 13/32
2 13/16 4 53/64 5 13/64 -- -- -- -- 5 5/8 5 2/64 5 27/64 Boreback DiDiameter 3 42
42/64 - 3 43
43/64
5 3/4
3/4 5 2/64
2/64 5 27
27/6
/64
4 Pin Relief Diameter 3.741 - 3.772
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Bore
Bo reba
back
ck Cy
Cyli
lind
nder
er Le
Leng
ngth
th 7 1/2
1/2 - 8 9/
9/16
16
NC44 2 1 /4 5 35/64 5 63/64 8 68 6 10/64 -- -- 5 1/2 5 27/64 5 29/64 Max Pin Length 4 9/16
2 1 /2 5 31/64 5 60/64 68 6 5/64 -- -- 5 5/8 5 27/64 5 37/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 13/16 5 24/64 5 52/64 -- -- -- -- 5 3/4 5 27/64 5 45/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 3/4
3 5 19/64 5 45/64 -- -- -- -- 5 7/8 5 27/64 5 53/64 Boreback Diameter 4 - 4 1/64
6 5 2 7/
7/ 64
64 5 5 6/
6/ 64
64 Pin Relief Diameter 4.086 - 4.117
6 1/8
1/8 5 27
27/6
/644 5 56
56/6
/644 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
6 1/4 5 27/64 5 57/64 7 Bore
Boreba
back
ck Cy
Cyli
lind
nder
er Le
Leng
ngth
th 7 1/2
1/2 - 8 9/
9/16
16
NC46 2 1 /4 5 54/64 5 63/64 8 6 10/64 6 31/64 -- -- 6 5 45/64 5 61/64 Max Pin Length 4 9/16
2 1/
1/2
2 5 51
51/6
/64
4 5 63
63/6
/64
48 6 7/64 6 27/64 -- -- 6 1/8 5 45/64 6 5/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 13/16 5 45/64 5 63/64 8 6 6 20/64 -- -- 6 1/4 5 45/64 6 13/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 31/32
3 5 4 1/
1/ 64
64 5 6 3/ 64 8
3/ 64 68 6 14/64 -- -- 6 3/8 5 45/64 6 19/64 Boreback Diameter 4 13/64 - 4 7/32
6 1/2
1/2 5 45
45/6
/644 6 19
19/6
/644 Pin Relief Diameter 4.295 - 4.326
6 5/8
5/8 5 45
45/6
/644 6 19
19/6
/644 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
6 3/4
3/4 5 45
45/6
/644 6 19
19/6
/644 Bore
Bo reba
back
ck Cy
Cyli
lind
nder
er Le
Leng
ngth
th 7 1/2
1/2 - 8 9/
9/16
16
6 7/8
7/8 5 45
45/6
/644 6 19
19/6
/644
NC50 2 1 /4 -- -- 6 50/64 7 9/64 -- -- 6 1/4 6 11/64 6 13/64 Max Pin Length 4 9/16
2 1 /2 -- -- 6 47/64 7 6/64 -- -- 6 3/8 6 19/64 6 23/64 7 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 13/16 -- -- 6 43/64 7 1/64 -- -- 6 1/2 6 21/64 6 29/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 5 3/8
3 -- -- 6 39/64 6 60/64 -- -- 6 5/8 6 21/64 6 37/64 Boreback DiDiameter 4 40
40/64 - 4 41
41/64
3 1 /4 -- -- 6 32/64 6 53/64 -- -- 6 3/4 6 21/64 6 45/64 Pin Relief Diameter 4.711 - 4.742
3 1 /2 -- -- 6 24/64 6 44/64 -- -- 6 7/8 6 21/64 6 51/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
-
-
`
,
,
,

Bore
Bo reba
back
ck Cy
Cyli
lind
nder
er Le
Leng
ngth
th 7 1/2
1/2 - 8 9/
9/16
16
,
`
,
`
,
7 6 2 1/
1/ 64
64 6 5 1/
1/ 64
64
,
`
`
`
,
`
7 1/8
1/8 6 21
21/6
/644 6 51
51/6
/644
`
,
,
,
`
`
7 1/4
1/4 6 21
21/6
/644 6 51
51/6
/644
`
`

Max Pin Length 5 1/16


`
`
,
,
,
NC56 2 1 /2 -- -- 7 28/64 7 55/64 88 8 13/64 7 1/4 7 4/64 7 13/64
`
,
-
`
-
`
,
2 13/16 -- -- 7 24/64 7 51/64 88 8 8/64 7 3/8 7 4/64 7 21/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
,
`
,
,
`
,
`
3 -- -- 7 21/64 7 48/64 88 8 5/64 7 1/2 7 4/64 7 29/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 6
,

3 1 /4 -- -- 7 17/64 7 42/64 -- -- 7 5/8 7 4/64 7 37/64 Boreback DiDiameter 4 51


51/64 - 4 52
52/64
,
`
-
-

1
-

1 3 1 /2 -- -- 7 10/64 7 35/64 -- -- 7 3/4 7 4/64 7 45/64 Pin Relief Diameter 5.246 - 5.277
1
7 7/8
7/8 7 4/64
4/64 7 53
53/6
/64
4 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
8 7 4/64 7 58/64 Boreback CyCylinder Le
Length 8 - 9 1/16
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

1
1 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)
2

Table
Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria
(All dimensions in inches)

Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8


BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BS R 2 .2 5 - 2 .7 5 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
NC61 2 13/16 -- -- 7 10/64 7 35/64 -- -- 8 7 47/64 7 61/64 Max Pin Length 5 9/16
3 -- -- -- -- 8 27/64 9 2/64 8 1/8 7 47/64 8 5/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 1 /4 -- -- -- -- 8 24/64 8 63/64 8 1/4 7 47/64 8 13/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 6 9/16 -
-
-
`

3 1 /2 -- -- -- -- 8 21/64 8 59/64 8 3/8 7 47/64 8 21/64 Boreback DiDiameter 5 15


15/64 - 5 16
16/64 ,
,
`
,
`
,

8 1/
1/2
2 7 47
47/6
/644 8 29
29/6
/644 Pin Relief Diameter 5.808 - 5.839 ,
`
,
,
`
-

8 5/
5/8
8 7 47
47/6
/644 8 37
37/6
/644 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32) `
-
,
`
,
,

8 3/
3/4
4 7 47
47/6
/644 8 45
45/6
/644 Bore
Bo reba
back
ck Cy
Cyli
lind
nder
er Le
Leng
ngth
th 8 1/2
1/2 - 9 9/
9/16
16
,
`
`
`
`
`

8 7/
7/8
8 7 47
47/6
/644 8 53
53/6
/644
`
,
,
,
`
`
,

9 7 47 /6
/64 8 5 4/
4/ 64
64 `
`
`
,
,
`

NC70 2 13/16 -- -- -- -- 9 45/64 10 26/64 9 1/4 8 57/64 9 13/64 Max Pin Length 6 1/16 ,
`
,
,
,
,

3 -- -- -- -- 9 43/64 10 24/64 9 3/8 8 57/64 9 21/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16 `


-
-

3 1 /4 -- -- -- -- 9 41/64 10 22/64 9 1/2 8 57/64 9 29/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 7 7/16


3 1 /2 -- -- -- -- 9 38/64 10 18/64 9 5/8 8 57/64 9 37/64 Boreback Diameter 5 63/64 - 6
9 3/
3/4
4 8 57
57/6
/644 9 45
45/6
/644 Pin Relief Diameter 6.683 - 6.714
9 7/
7/8
8 8 57
57/6
/644 9 53
53/6
/644 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
10 8 57
57/6
/644 9 61
61/6
/644 Boreback Cylinder Length 9 - 10 1/16
2 3/8 REG 1 7/16 2 47/64 2 62/64 -- -- -- -- 3 1/8 2 62/64 3 5/64 Max Pin Length 3 1/16
1 1 /2 2 45/64 2 60/64 -- -- -- -- 3 1/4 2 62/64 3 13/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 3/
3/8
8 2 62
62/6
/644 3 19
19/6
/644 Max C'Bore Diameter 2 3/4
3 1/
1/2
2 2 62
62/6
/644 3 19
19/6
/644 Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
2 7/8 REG 1 5/16 3 18/64 3 37/64 -- -- -- -- 3 7/8 3 31/64 3 51/64 Max Pin Length 3 9/16
1 1 /2 3 15/64 3 34/64 -- -- -- -- Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
1 3 /4 3 9/64 3 27/64 -- -- -- -- Max C'Bore Diameter 3 1/8
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
3 1/2 REG 1 1/2 3 60/64 4 19/64 -- -- -- -- 4 3/8 4 6/64 4 21/64 Max Pin Length 3 13/16
1 3 /4 3 56/64 4 15/64 -- -- -- -- 4 1/2 4 6/64 4 29/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 3 51/64 4 9/64 -- -- -- -- Max C'Bore Diameter 3 5/8
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BS R 2 .2 5 - 2 .7 5 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
4 1/2 REG 2 1 /4 5 23/64 5 53/64 -- -- -- -- 5 1/2 5 25/64 5 29/64 Max Pin Length 4 5/16
2 1 /2 5 19/64 5 49/64 -- -- -- -- 5 5/8 5 25/64 5 37/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
5 3/4
3/4 5 25
25/6
/644 5 45
45/6
/644 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 3/4
5 7/8
7/8 5 25
25/6
/644 5 53
53/6
/644 Boreback DiDiameter 3 46
46/64 - 3 47
47/64
6 5 2 5/
5/ 64
64 5 5 8/
8/ 64
64 Pin Relief Diameter 3.982 - 4.013
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Bore
Bo reba
back
ck Cy
Cyli
lind
nder
er Le
Leng
ngth
th 7 3/8
3/8 - 8 5/
5/16
16
5 1/2 REG 2 1 /2 -- -- 6 55/64 7 16/64 -- -- 6 5/8 6 35/64 6 37/64 Max Pin Length 4 13/16
2 13/16 -- -- 6 51/64 7 11/64 -- -- 6 3/4 6 36/64 6 45/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 -- -- 6 47/64 7 7/64 -- -- 6 7/8 6 36/64 6 53/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 5 41/64
3 1 /4 -- -- 6 41/64 7 -- -- 7 6 36/64 6 61/64 Boreback DiDiameter 4 32
32/64 - 4 33
33/64
3 1 /2 -- -- 6 33/64 6 55/64 -- -- 7 1/8 6 36/64 7 5/64 Pin Relief Diameter 4.838 - 4.869
7 1/4
1/4 6 36
36/6
/64
4 7 12
12/6
/64
4 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
7 3/8
3/8 6 36
36/6
/64
4 7 12
12/6
/64
4 Bore
Bo reba
back
ck Cyl
Cylin
inde
derr Leng
Length
th 711/2
/2 - 8 13/1
13/16
6
7 1/2
1/2 6 36
36/6
/64
4 7 12
12/6
/64
4
6 5/8 REG 2 13/16 -- -- 7 45/64 7 56/64 8 88 8 29/64 7 1/2 7 10/64 7 29/64 Max Pin Length 5 1/16
3 -- -- 7 43/64 7 56/64 8 88 8 26/64 7 5/8 7 10/64 7 37/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 1 /4 -- -- 7 39/64 7 56/64 8 88 8 21/64 7 3/4 7 10/64 7 45/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 6 1/8
3 1 /2 -- -- 7 33/64 7 56/64 8
88 8 14/64 7 7/8 7 10/64 7 53/64 Boreback DiDiameter 5 18
18/64 - 5 19
19/64
8 7 1 0/
0/ 64
64 7 6 1/
1/ 64
64 Pin Relief Diameter 5.386 - 5.417
8 1/
1/8
8 7 10
10/6
/644 8 5/
5/64
64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
8 1/
1/4
4 7 10
10/6
/644 8 8/
8/64
64 Boreback CyCylinder Le
Length 8 - 9 1/16
7 5/8 REG FF 3 2 13/16 -- -- -- -- 9 14/64 9 32/64 3 8 5/
5/8
8 8 31
31/6
/64
4 8 37
37/6
/64
4 Max Pin Length 5 5/16
3 -- -- -- -- 9 13/64 9 32/64 3 8 3/
3/4
4 8 31
31/6
/64
4 8 45
45/6
/64
4 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 1 /4 -- -- -- -- 9 10/64 9 32/64 3 8 7/
7/8
8 8 31
31/6
/64
4 8 53
53/6
/64
4 Max C'Bore Diameter 7 5/32 (Full Fc)
3 1 /2 -- -- -- -- 9 6/64 9 32/64 3 9 8 3 1/
1/ 64
64 8 6 1/
1/ 64
64 Boreback DiDiameter 5 55
55/64 - 5 56
56/64
9 1/
1/8
8 8 31
31/6
/644 9 5/
5/64
64 Pin Relief Diameter 6.318 - 6.349
9 1/
1/4
4 8 31
31/6
/644 9 13
13/6
/644 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
9 3/
3/8
8 8 31
31/6
/644 9 21
21/6
/644 Bore
Bo reba
back
ck Cy
Cyli
lind
nder
er Le
Leng
ngth
th 8 3/8
3/8 - 9 5/
5/16
16
9 1/
1/2
2 8 31
31/6
/64
4 9 29
29/6
/64
4 -
-
-
`

7 5/8 REG LT 4 2 1 /2 -- -- -- -- 9 32/64 4 9 59/64 9 1/2 8 60/64 9 29/64 Max Pin Length 5 5/16
,
,
`
,
`
,
,

2 13/16 -- -- -- -- 9 32/64 4 9 56/64 Min C'Bore Depth 1/4 `


,
,
`
-
`

Maxx C'
Ma C' Bor
Bore
e Di
Diam
amet
eter
er 7 13
13 /1
/1 6 ( Low
Low Tq.
q.))
-

3 -- -- -- -- 9 32/64 4 9 54/64 ,
`
,
,
,
`

3 1 /4 -- -- -- -- 9 32/64 4 9 51/64 Boreback DiDiameter 55 55


5/64 - 5 5656/64
`
`
`
`
`
,
,

1
3 1 /2 -- -- -- -- 9 32/64 4 9 47/64 Pin Relief Diameter 6.318 - 6.349 ,
`
`
,
`

1
`

Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)


`
,
,

3 `
,
`
,

Bore
Bo reba
back
ck Cy
Cyli
lind
nder
er Le
Leng
ngth
th 8 3/8
3/8 - 9 5/
5/16
16 ,
,
,
`
-
-

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

1
1 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)
4

Table
Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria
(All dimensions in inches)
8
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range
OD
Connection ID BSDR 1.8 - O
O 2.D
5 BO
SR
D 2 .2 5 - O
2D.7 5 BD
O SR 2.5 -O3D
.2 Greater Bevel Diameter
Range 2
Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
8 5/8 REG FF 3 3 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 9 5/
5/8
8 9 35
35/6
/64
4 9 37
37/6
/64
4 Max Pin Length 5 7/16
3 1 /4 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 9 3/
3/4
4 9 43
43/6
/64
4 9 45
45/6
/64
4 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 1 /2 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 9 7/
7/8
8 9 45
45/6
/64
4 9 53
53/64 Max C'Bore Diameter
/64 8 7/64 (Full Fc)
10 9 45
45/6
/64
4 9 61
61/64 Boreback Di
/64 Diameter 6 50
50/64 - 6 51
51/64
10 1/
1/88 9 45
45/6
/64
4 10 5/ 64 Pin Relief Diameter
5/64 7.270 - 7.301
10 1/
1/44 9 45
45/6
/64
4 10 13
13/64 Pin Relief Width
/64 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
10 3/
3/88 9 45
45/6
/64
4 10 21
21/64 Bo
/64 Bore
reba
back
ck Cy
Cyli
lind
nder
er Le
Leng
ngth
th 8 1/2
1/2 - 9 7/
7/16
16
10 1/
1/22 9 45
45/6
/64
4 10 29
29/6
/64
4
8 5/8 REG LT 4 2 -- -- -- -- 10 44/64 11 28/64 1 0 5 /8 10 6/64 10 37/64 Max Pin Length 5 7/16
-
-
`
,
,
2 1 /4 -- -- -- -- 10 43/64 11 28/64 Min C'Bore Depth 1/4
,
,
`
,
`
,
2 1 /2 -- -- -- -- 10 42/64 11 27/64 Max C'Bore DiDiameter 9 1/16 (Low Tq
Tq.)
,
`
`
`
,
`
2 13/16 -- -- -- -- 10 41/64 11 25/64 Boreback DiDiameter 6 50
50/64 - 6 51
51/64
`
,
,
,
`
`
3 -- -- -- -- 10 40/64 11 24/64 Pin Relief Diameter 7.270 - 7.301
`
`
`
`
,
,
3 1 /4 -- -- -- -- 10 38/64 11 22/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
,

3 1 /2 -- -- -- -- 10 36/64 11 19/64 Bore


Bo reba
back
ck Cy
Cyli
lind
nder
er Le
Leng
ngth
th 8 1/2
1/2 - 9 7/
7/16
16
`
,
-
`
-
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
5 1/2 FH 2 1 /2 -- -- 7 33/64 7 56/64 8 -- 8 15/64 6 7/8 6 51/64 6 53/64 Max Pin Length 5 1/16
,

Min C'Bore Depth 9/16


`
,
,
`
-
2 13/16 -- -- 7 29/64 7 54/64 -- 8 11/64 7 6 59/64 6 61/64
-
-

3 -- -- 7 27/64 7 51/64 -- 8 8/64 7 1/8 7 1/64 7 5/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 5 31/32
3 1 /4 -- -- 7 22/64 7 46/64 -- 8 2/64 7 1/4 7 1/64 7 13/64 Boreback Diameter 5 7/64 - 5 8/64
7 3/8
3/8 7 1/
1/64
64 7 21
21/6
/64
4 Pin Relief Diameter 5 7/32 - 5 8/32
7 1/2
1/2 7 1/
1/64
64 7 28
28/6
/64
4 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
7 5/8
5/8 7 1/
1/64
64 7 28
28/6
/64
4 Boreback CyCylinder Le
Length 8 - 9 1/16
7 3/4
3/4 7 1/
1/64
64 7 28
28/6
/64
4
7 7/8
7/8 7 1/
1/64
64 7 28
28/6
/64
4
8 7 1/64 7 31/64 7
6 5/8 FH 2 13/16 -- -- -- -- 9 5/64 9 44/64 8 7 59/64 7 61/64 Max Pin Length 5 1/16
3 -- -- -- -- 9 3/64 9 42/64 8 1/8 8 3/64 8 5/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 1 /4 -- -- -- -- 9 9 39/64 8 1/4 8 11/64 8 13/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 6 29/32
3 1 /2 -- -- -- -- 8 61/64 9 35/64 8 3/8 8 12/64 8 21/64 Boreback Diameter 6 3/64 - 6 4/64
8 1/2
1/2 8 12
12/6
/64
4 8 29
29/6
/64
4 Pin Relief Diameter 6.148 - 6.179
8 5/8
5/8 8 12
12/6
/64
4 8 37
37/6
/64
4 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
8 3/4
3/4 8 12
12/6
/64
4 8 42
42/6
/64
4 Boreback CyCylinder Le
Length 8 - 9 1/16
8 7/
7/8
8 8 12
12/6
/644 8 42
42/6
/644
9 8 12 /6
/64 8 4 2/
2/ 64
64
9 1/
1/8
8 8 12
12/6
/644 8 42
42/6
/644
9 1/
1/4
4 8 12
12/6
/644 8 42
42/6
/644

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8


BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BS R 2 .2 5 - 2 .7 5 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
NC77 2 13/16 -- -- -- -- 10 44/64 11 30/64 10 1 /2 9 51/64 10 29/64 Max Pin Length 6 9/16
3 -- -- -- -- 10 43/64 11 29/64 10 5 /8 9 51/64 10 37/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 1 /4 -- -- -- -- 10 41/64 11 27/64 10 3 /4 9 51/64 10 45/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 8 1/8
3 1 /2 -- -- -- -- 10 39/64 11 24/64 10 7 /8 9 51/64 10 53/64 Boreback DiDiameter 6 35
35/64 - 6 36
36/64
11 9 51
51/6
/64
4 10 61
61/6
/64
4 Pin Relief Diameter 7.371 - 7.402
11 1/
1/8
8 9 51
51/6
/64
4 11 5/
5/64
64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Bore
Bo reba
back
ck Cyl
Cylin
inde
derr Leng
Length
th 9 1/2
1/2 - 10 9/1
9/16
6
3-1/2 FH 2 4 35/64 4 60/64 -- -- -- -- 4 7/8 4 40/64 4 53/64 Max Pin Length 3 13/16
2 1 /4 4 30/64 4 55/64 -- -- -- -- 5 4 40/64 4 61/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 1 /2 4 23/64 4 47/64 -- -- -- -- 5 1/8 4 40/64 5 4/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 7/64
5 1/
1/4
4 4 40
40/6
/64
4 5 4/
4/64
64 Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
4-1/2 FH 2 1 /2 5 36/64 5 63/64 8 68 6 13/64 -- -- 5 3/4 5 37/64 5 45/64 Max Pin Length 4 1/16
2 13/16 5 30/64 5 60/64 68 6 5/64 -- -- 5 7/8 5 37/64 5 53/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 5 25/64 5 53/64 -- -- -- -- 6 5 37/64 5 61/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 15/16
3 1 /4 5 16/64 5 43/64 -- -- -- -- 6 1/8 5 37/64 5 63/64 Boreback DiDiameter 3 61
61/64 - 3 62
62/64
6 1/
1/4
4 5 37
37/6
/64
4 5 63
63/6
/64
4 Pin Relief Diameter 4.149 - 4.180
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 7 - 8 1/16
2-3/8 OH 1 15/16 3 5/64 3 17/64 -- -- -- -- 3 1/8 3 2/64 3 5/64 Max Pin Length 2 9/16
2 3 2/64 3 14/64 -- -- -- -- 3 1/4 3 2/64 3 13/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 3/8
3/8 3 2/64
2/64 3 19
19/6
/64
4 Max C'Bore Diameter 2 55/64
3 1/2
1/2 3 2/64
2/64 3 19
19/6
/64
4 Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
2-7/8 OH 1 3/4 3 48/64 4 3/64 -- -- -- -- 3 3/4 3 40/64 3 45/64 Max Pin Length 3 1/16
2 3 43/64 3 60/64 -- -- -- -- 3 7/8 3 40/64 3 53/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
4 3 4 0/
0/ 64
64 3 6 1/
1/ 64
64 Max C'Bore Diameter 3 17/64
4 1/
1/8
8 3 40
40/6
/644 4 1/
1/64
64 Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
1
1
5

-
-
`
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
,
,
,

Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL


,
`
,
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
`
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
,
,
Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
`
`
`
,
`
`

1
1 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)
6

Table
Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria
(All dimensions in inches)

Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8


BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BS R 2 .2 5 - 2 .7 5 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
2-3/8 PAC 1 3/8 2 46/64 2 59/64 -- -- -- -- 2 3/4 2 43/64 2 46/64 7 Max Pin Length 2 7/16 -
-

1 1 /2 2 43/64 2 55/64 -- -- -- -- 2 7/8 2 44/64 2 49/64 Min C'Bore Depth 5/16 -


`
,
,
`
,

1 3 /4 2 33/64 2 42/64 -- -- -- -- 3 2 44/64 2 49/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 2 15/32 `


,
,
`
,
,

Boreback Diameter N/A `


-
`
-
,
`

Pin Relief Diameter N/A ,


,
,
`
`
`

Pin Relief Width N/A


`
`
`
,
,
,
`

Boreback Cylinder Length N/A `


,
`
`
`
,

2-7/8 PAC 1 1/2 2 60/64 3 9/64 -- -- -- -- 3 1/8 2 56/64 3 5/64 Max Pin Length 2 7/16 ,
`
,
`
,
,

1 3 /4 2 52/64 2 63/64 -- -- -- -- Min C'Bore Depth 5/16 ,


,
`
-
-

Max C'Bore Diameter 2 41/64


Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
3-1/2 PAC 1 1/2 3 41/64 3 60/64 -- -- -- -- 3 3/4 3 36/64 3 45/64 Max Pin Length 3 5/16
1 3 /4 3 37/64 3 55/64 -- -- -- -- 3 7/8 3 36/64 3 53/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 3 31/64 3 47/64 -- -- -- -- Max C'Bore Diameter 3 11/64
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
2-3/8 SH 1 7/16 2 40/64 2 53/64 -- -- -- -- 3 2 47/64 2 61/64 Max Pin Length 3 1/16
1 1 /2 2 39/64 2 51/64 -- -- -- -- 3 1/16 2 47/64 3 1/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 1/
1/88 2 47
47/6
/64
4 3 1/
1/64
64 Max C'Bore Diameter 2 9/16
3 3/
3/16 2 47/64 3 1/
1/64 Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
2-7/8 XH 1 1/2 3 55/64 4 12/64 -- -- -- -- 4 1/8 3 56/64 4 5/64 Max Pin Length 4 1/16
1 3 /4 3 51/64 4 7/64 -- -- -- -- 4 1/4 3 56/64 4 13/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 3 46/64 4 1/64 -- -- -- -- 4 3/8 3 56/64 4 16/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 3 27/64
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)
8
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BS R 2 .2 5 - 2 .7 5 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
3-1/2 XH 1 5/8 4 36/64 4 60/64 -- -- -- -- 4 3/4 4 32/64 4 45/64 Max Pin Length 3 9/16
1 3 /4 4 35/64 4 58/64 -- -- -- -- 4 7/8 4 32/64 4 53/64 M
2 4 31/64 4 54/64 -- -- -- -- 5 4 32/64 4 61/64 Mianx CC''BBoorree D
Deiapm
theter 3 19
5//1
166
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
3-1/2 H90 2 4 60/64 5 23/64 -- -- -- -- 5 4 50/64 4 61/64 Max Pin Length 4 1/16
2 1 /4 4 57/64 5 18/64 -- -- -- -- 5 1/8 4 50/64 5 5/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 1 /2 4 51/64 5 12/64 -- -- -- -- 5 1/4 4 50/64 5 13/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 1/4
5 3/8
3/8 4 50
50/6
/64
4 5 17
17/6
/64
4 Boreback Di Diameter 3 36
36/64 - 3 37
37/64
5 1/2
1/2 4 50
50/6
/64
4 5 17
17/6
/64
4 Pin Relief Diameter 3 39/64 - 3 41/64 -
-
-
`
,
,

Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32) `


,
`
,
,
`

Boreback Cy Cylinder LeLength 7 - 8 1/16


,
,
`
-
`
-
,

4 H90 2 5 29/64 5 59/64 68 6 5/64 -- -- 5 1/2 5 17/64 5 29/64 Max Pin Length 4 5/16 `
,
,
,
`
`
`

2 1 /4 5 27/64 5 56/64 68 6 1/64 -- -- 5 5/8 5 17/64 5 37/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16 `
`
`
,
,
,

2 1 /2 5 23/64 5 51/64 -- -- -- -- 5 3/4 5 17/64 5 45/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 5/8


`
`
,
`
`
`

2 13/16 5 16/64 5 42/64 -- -- -- -- 5 7/8 5 17/64 5 47/64 Boreback Di Diameter 3 56


56/64 - 3 57
57/64
,
,
`
,
`
,

Pin Relief Diameter 3 61/64 - 4 1/64


,

6 5 1 7/
7/ 64
64 5 4 7/
7/ 64
64 ,
,
`
-
-

6 1/8 5 17/64 5 49/64 7 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)


6 1/4 5 17/64 5 49/64 7 Bore
Bo reba
back ck CyCyli
lind
nder
er Le
Leng
ngth
th 7 3/8
3/8 - 8 5/
5/16
16
8

4-1/2 H90 2 5 58/64 5 63/64 8 6 16/64 6 37/64 -- -- 6 5 44/64 5 61/64 M


2 1/
1/4
4 5 56
56/6
/64
4 5 63
63/6
/64
4 6 13/64 6 35/64 -- -- 6 1/8 5 44/64 6 2/64 Mainx CP'iBnoLreenDgethpth 4 9
9//1
166
2 1/
1/2
2 5 53
53/6
/64
4 5 63
63/6
/64
4 8
6 10/64 6 31/64 -- -- 6 1/4 5 44/64 6 2/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 61/64
2 13/16 5 47/64 5 63/64 8 6 3/64 6 24/64 -- -- 6 3/8 5 44/64 6 2/64 Boreback Di Diameter 4 12
12/64 - 4 13
13/64
3 5 4 3/
3/ 64
64 5 6 3/ 64 8
3/ 64 68 6 18/64 -- -- 6 1/2 5 44/64 6 2/64 Pin Relief Diameter 4.319 - 4.350
3 1 /4 5 35/64 5 63/64 68 6 8/64 -- -- 6 5/8 5 44/64 6 17/64 7 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
6 3/4 5 44/64 6 17/64 7 Bore
Bo reba
back ck CyCyli
lind
nder
er Le
Leng
ngth
th 7 1/2
1/2 - 8 9/
9/16
16
5 H90 2 1 /4 -- -- 6 38/64 6 61/64 -- -- 6 1/2 6 4/64 6 29/64 Max Pin Length 4 13/16
2 1 /2 -- -- 6 35/64 6 58/64 -- -- 6 5/8 6 4/64 6 29/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 13/16 -- -- 6 30/64 6 52/64 -- -- 6 3/4 6 4/64 6 29/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 5 15/64
3 -- -- 6 26/64 6 47/64 -- -- 6 7/8 6 4/64 6 29/64 Boreback Di Diameter 4 26
26/64 - 4 27
27/64
3 1/
1/44 5 62
62/6
/64
4 5 63
63/648
/64 6 19/64 6 39/64 -- -- 7 6 4/64 6 29/64 Pin Relief Diameter 4 19/32 - 4 5/8
3 1/
1/2
2 5 54
54/6
/64
4 5 63
63/648
/64 6 9/64 6 29/64 -- -- Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Bore
Bo reba
back ck Cyl
Cylin
inde
derr Leng
Length
th 7 1/2
1/2 - 8 13/1
13/16 6
1
1
7

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

1
1 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)
8

Table
Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria
(All dimensions in inches)
8
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BS R 2 .2 5 - 2 .7 5 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
5-1/2 H90 2 1/4 -- -- 7 7 24/64 -- -- 6 3/4 6 15/64 6 45/64 Max Pin Length 4 13/16
2 1 /2 -- -- 6 61/64 7 21/64 -- -- 6 7/8 6 15/64 6 53/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 13/16 -- -- 6 57/64 7 16/64 -- -- Max C'Bore Diameter 5 1/2
3 -- -- 6 53/64 7 12/64 -- -- Boreback DiDiameter 4 44
44/64 - 4 45
45/64
3 1 /4 -- -- 6 47/64 7 6/64 -- -- Pin Relief Diameter 4 55/64 - 4 57/64
3 1 /2 -- -- 6 40/64 6 61/64 -- -- Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Bore
Bo reba
back
ck Cyl
Cylin
inde
derr Leng
Length
th 711/2
/2 - 8 13/1
13/16
6
6-5/8 H90 2 13/16 -- -- 7 53/64 7 56/64 8 8 2/64 8 38/64 7 5/8 7 6/64 7 37/64 Max Pin Length 5 1/16
3 -- -- 7 50/64 7 56/64 8 8 8 35/64 7 3/4 7 6/64 7 45/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
8 8
3 1 /4 -- -- 7 46/64 7 56/64 8 88 8 30/64 7 7/8 7 6/64 7 53/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 6 1/8
3 1 /2 -- -- 7 41/64 7 56/64 8 8 24/64 8 7 6/64 7 61/64 Boreback DiDiameter 5 17
17/64 - 5 1818/64
8 1/ 8 7 6/ 64
64 8 3/ 64
64 Pin Relief Diameter 5 31/64 - 5 33/64
8 1/ 4 7 6/ 64
64 8 3/ 64
64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback CyCylinder Le
Length 8 - 9 1/16
7 H90 FF 3 2 1 /2 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 8 1/
1/4
4 7 48
48/6
/64
4 8 13
13/6
/64
4 Max Pin Length 5 9/16
2 13/16 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 8 3/
3/8
8 7 48
48/6
/64
4 8 21
21/6
/64
4 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 8 1/
1/2
2 7 48
48/6
/64
4 8 29
29/6
/64
4 Max C'Bore Diameter 6 5/8 (Full Fc)
3 1 /4 -- -- -- -- 8 30/64 8 32/64 3 Boreback DiDiameter 5 17
17/64 - 5 1818/64
3 1 /2 -- -- -- -- 8 26/64 8 32/64 3 Pin Relief Diameter 5.914 - 5.945
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Bore
Bo reba
back
ck Cy
Cyli
lind
nder
er Le
Leng
ngth
th 8 1/2
1/2 - 9 9/
9/16
16
7 H90 LT 4 2 1 /2 -- -- -- -- 8 38/64 9 15/64 8 5/8 8 17/64 8 37/64 Max Pin Length 5 9/16
2 13/16 -- -- -- -- 8 36/64 9 12/64 8 3/4 8 17/64 8 45/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/32
3 -- -- -- -- 8 34/64 9 9/64 8 7/8 8 17/64 8 53/64 Max C'Bore DiDiameter 7 3/16 (Low Tq Tq.)
3 1 /4 -- -- -- -- 8 32/64 4 9 5/64 9 8 17/64 8 61/64 Boreback DiDiameter 5 17
17/64 - 5 1818/64
3 1 /2 -- -- -- -- 8 32/64 4 9 Pin Relief Diameter 5.914 - 5.945
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Bore
Bo reba
back
ck Cy
Cyli
lind
nder
er Le
Leng
ngth
th 8 1/2
1/2 - 9 9/
9/16
16
7-5/8 H90 FF 3 2 13/16 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 9 3/
3/8
8 8 50
50/6
/64
4 9 21
21/6
/64
4 Max Pin Length 6 3/16 -
-
-

3 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 9 1/
1/2
2 8 50
50/6
/64
4 9 29
29/6
/64
4 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16 `
,
,
`
,
`
,

3 1 /4 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 9 5/
5/8
8 8 50
50/6
/64
4 9 37
37/6
/64
4 Max C'
C'Bore Di
Diameter 7 33
33/64 (F(Full Fc
Fc) ,
`
,
,
`
-
`

3 1 /2 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 Boreback Diameter 6 - 6 1/64 -


,
`
,
,
,

Pin Relief Diameter 6.803 - 6.834


`
`
`
`
`
`

Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)


,
,
,
`
`
,
`

Boreback Cylinder Length 9 - 10 3/16 `


`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
,
,
`
-
-

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8


BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BS R 2 .2 5 - 2 .7 5 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
Connection ID OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
7-5/8 H90 LT 4 2 13/16 -- -- -- -- 9 55/64 10 37/64 9 3/4 9 21/64 9 45/64 Max Pin Length 6 3/16
3 -- -- -- -- 9 53/64 10 35/64 9 7/8 9 21/64 9 53/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/32
3 1 /4 -- -- -- -- 9 51/64 10 33/64 10 9 21/64 9 61/64 Max C'Bore DiDia me
meter 8 1/16 (Low Tq Tq.)
3 1 /2 -- -- -- -- 9 48/64 10 29/64 1 0 1 /8 9 21/64 10 5/64 Boreback Diameter 6 - 6 1/64
10 1/
1/44 9 21
21/6
/64
4 10 13
13/6
/64
4 Pin Relief Diameter 6.803 - 6.834
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 9 - 10 3/16
8-5/8 H90 FF 3 2 13/16 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 10 1/
1/2
2 9 47
47/6
/64
4 10 29
29/6
/64
4 Max Pin Length 6 11/16
3 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 10 5/
5/8
8 9 47
47/6
/64
4 10 37
37/6
/64
4 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 1 /4 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 Max C'
C'Bore Di
Dia me
meter 8 25
25/64 (F(Full Fc
Fc)
3 1 /2 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 Boreback Diameter 6 3/4 - 6 49/64
Pin Relief Diameter 7.678 - 7.709
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreba
Boreback
ck Cyli
Cylinde
nderr Length
Length 9 1/2
1/2 - 10 11/
11/16
16
8-5/8 H90 LT 4 2 13/16 -- -- -- -- 11 8/64 11 60/64 1 0 3 /4 10 43/64 10 45/64 Max Pin Length 6 11/16
3 -- -- -- -- 11 7/64 11 59/64 1 0 7 /8 10 43/64
10 10 53/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/32
3 1 /4 -- -- -- -- 11 5/64 11 57/64 11 10 43/64 10 61/64 Max C'Bore DiDia me
meter 9 7/16 (Low T Tq
q.)
3 1 /2 -- -- -- -- 11 3/64 11 55/64 1 1 1 /8 10 43/64 11 5/64 Boreback Diameter 6 3/4 - 6 49/64
11 1/4 10 43/
43/64
64 11 13/
13/64
64 Pin Relief Diameter 7.678 - 7.709
11 3/8 10 43/
43/64
64 11 21/
21/64
64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
11 1/2 10 43/
43/64
64 11 24/
24/64
64 Boreba
Boreback
ck Cyli
Cylinde
nderr Length
Length 9 1/2
1/2 - 10 11/
11/16
16
NC10 23/32 1 18/64 1 23/64 -- -- -- -- 1 3/8 1 19/64 1 21/64 Max Pin Length 1 9/16
Min C'Bore Depth 3/8
Max C'Bore Diameter 1 17/64
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A -
-
-
`
,

NC12 29/32 1 31/64 1 38/64 -- -- -- -- 1 5/8 1 33/64 1 38/64 7 Max Pin Length 1 13/16 ,
`
,
`
,
,

Min C'Bore Depth 3/8 `


,
,
`
-
`

Max C'Bore Diameter 1 15/32


-
,
`
,
,
,

Boreback Diameter N/A


`
`
`
`
`
`

Pin Relief Diameter N/A


,
,
,
`
`
,
`
Pin Relief Width N/A `
`
,
,
`
,

Boreback Cylinder Length N/A `


,
,
,
,
`

1 -
-

1
9

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

1
2 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)
0

Table
Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria
(All dimensions in inches)
8
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BS R 2 .2 5 - 2 .7 5 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
NC13 15/16 1 44/64 1 51/64 -- -- -- -- 1 13/16 1 44/64 1 50/64 7 Max Pin Length 1 13/16
Min C'Bore Depth 3/8
Max C'Bore Diameter 1 19/32
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
NC16 1 2 2 9/64 -- -- -- -- 2 1/8 1 61/64 2 6/64 7 Max Pin Length 1 13/16
Min C'Bore Depth 3/8
Max C'Bore Diameter 1 13/16
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
2-7/8 FH 2 1 /8 3 62/64 4 20/64 -- -- -- -- 4 1/4 4 7/64 4 13/64 Max Pin Length 3 9/16
2 1 /4 3 58/64 4 15/64 -- -- -- -- 4 3/8 4 7/64 4 21/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 1 /2 3 48/64 4 3/64 -- -- -- -- 4 1/2 4 7/64 4 25/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 3 3/4
4 5/8
5/8 4 7/64
7/64 4 25
25/6
/64
4 Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
5-1/2 IF 2 1 /8 -- -- -- -- 8 43/64 9 17/64 7 7/8 7 51/64 7 53/64 Max Pin Length 5 1/16
2 1 /4 -- -- -- -- 8 43/64 9 17/64 8 7 53/64 7 7 61/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 1 /2 -- -- -- -- 8 41/64 9 15/64 8 1/8 7 53/64 7 8 5/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 6 33/64
2 3 /4 -- -- -- -- 8 39/64 9 13/64 8 1/4 7 53/64 7 8 13/64 Boreback DiDiameter 54
44
4/64 - 5 45
45/64
3 -- -- -- -- 8 36/64 9 9/64 8 3/8 7 54/64 8 21/64 Pin Relief Diameter 5.858 - 5.889
3 1 /4 -- -- -- -- 8 33/64 9 5/64 8 1/2 7 54/64 8 29/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
3 1 /2 -- -- -- -- 8 28/64 9 8 5/8 7 54/64 8 37/64 Boreback CyCylinder Le
Length 8 - 9 1/16
8 3/
3/4
4 7 54
54/6
/64
4 8 41
41/6
/64
4
8 7/
7/8
8 7 54
54/6
/64
4 8 41
41/6
/64
4
6-5/8 IF 2 1 /4 -- -- -- -- 10 15/64 10 60/64 9 3/4 9 13/64 9 45/64 Max Pin Length 5 1/16
2 1 /2 -- -- -- -- 10 15/64 10 59/64 9 7/8 9 13/64 9 53/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 3 /4 -- -- -- -- 10 13/64 10 58/64 10 9 13/64 9 61/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 7 37/64
3 -- -- -- -- 10 12/64 10 56/64 1 0 1 /8 9 13/64 10 5/64 Boreback DiDiameter 6 48
48/64 - 6 49
49/64
3 1 /4 -- -- -- -- 10 10/64 10 53/64 1 0 1 /4 9 13/64 10 13/64 Pin Relief Diameter 6.920 - 6.951
3 1 /2 -- -- -- -- 10 7/64 10 50/64 1 0 3 /8 9 13/64 10 21/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
-
-
`
,
3 3 /4 -- -- -- -- 10 4/64 10 47/64 Boreback CyCylinder Le
Length 8 - 9 1/16
,
,
,
`
,
`
4 -- -- -- -- 10 10 42/64
,
,
`
`
`
,
`
`
,
,
,
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
`
`
`
`
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
`
`
Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
,
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
,
, Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT
`
,
-
`
-
`
,

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)
8
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BS R 2 .2 5 - 2 .7 5 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
3-1/2 OH 2 1/8 4 47/64 5 7/64 -- -- -- -- 4 7/8 4 34/64 4 53/64 Max Pin Length 3 5/16
2 1 /4 4 45/64 5 4/64 -- -- -- -- 5 4 34/64 4 61/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 1 /2 4 39/64 4 61/64 -- -- -- -- 5 1/8 4 34/64 5 2/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 1/64
5 1/
1/4
4 4 34
34/6
/64
4 5 2/
2/64
64 Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
4 OH SW 2 1/2 5 39/64 -- -- 6 13/64 -- -- 5 5/8 5 22/64 5 37/64 Max Pin Length 4 1/16
2 3 /4 5 34/64 5 62/64 -- 6 7/64 -- -- 5 3/4 5 22/64 5 45/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
5 7/
7/8
8 5 22
22/6
/644 5 53
53/6
/644 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 45/64
6 5 2 2/
2/ 64
64 5 6 1/
1/ 64
64 Boreback DiDiameter 4 10
10/64 - 4 11
11/64
Pin Relief Diameter 4.135 - 4.166
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback CyCylinder Le
Length 7 - 8 1/16
4 OH LW 2 1 /2 5 41/64 -- -- 6 15/64 -- -- 5 5/8 5 22/64 5 37/64 Max Pin Length 3 9/16
2 3 /4 5 36/64 -- -- 6 9/64 -- -- 5 3/4 5 22/64 5 45/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
5 7/
7/8
8 5 22
22/6
/644 5 53
53/6
/644 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 45/64
6 5 2 2/
2/ 64
64 5 6 1/
1/ 64
64 Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A -
-

Pin Relief Width N/A -


`
,
,
`
,

Boreback Cylinder Length N/A


`
,
,
`
,
,
`

4-1/2 OH 2 1/8 -- -- 6 32/64 6 54/64 -- -- 6 3/8 5 54/64 6 21/64 Max Pin Length 3 13/16 -
`
-
,
`
,

2 1 /4 -- -- 6 31/64 6 52/64 -- -- 6 1/2 5 54/64 6 29/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16 ,


,
`
`
`
`

2 1 /2 -- -- 6 28/64 6 49/64 -- -- 6 5/8 5 54/64 6 32/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 5 1/64 `


`
,
,
,
`

2 3 /4 -- -- 6 24/64 6 44/64 -- -- 6 3/4 5 54/64 6 32/64 Boreback DiDiameter 4 34


34/64 - 4 35
35/64 `
,
`
`
`
,

Pin Relief Diameter 4.471 - 4.502 ,


`
,
`
,
,

Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)


,
,
`
-
-

Bore
Bo reba
back
ck Cyl
Cylin
inde
derr Leng
Length
th 633/4
/4 - 7 13/1
13/16
6
2-3/8 WO 1 13/16 3 7/64 3 20/64 -- -- -- -- 3 1/4 3 7/64 3 13/64 Max Pin Length 2 7/16
3 3/
3/8
8 3 7/
7/64
64 3 21
21/6
/64
4 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 1/
1/2
2 3 7/
7/64
64 3 29
29/6
/64
4 Max C'Bore Diameter 2 59/64
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
1
2
1

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

1
2 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)
2

Table
Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria
(All dimensions in inches)

Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8


BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BS R 2 .2 5 - 2 .7 5 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
2-7/8 WO 1 1/2 3 60/64 4 16/64 -- -- -- -- 4 3 55/64 7 3 61/64 Max Pin Length 3 1/16
4 1/8 3 55/64 7 4 5/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
4 1/
1/4
4 3 57
57/6
/64
4 4 13
13/6
/64
4 Max C'Bore Diameter 3 7/16
4 3/
3/8
8 3 57
57/6
/64
4 4 20
20/6
/64
4 Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
3-1/2 WO 1 13/16 4 53/64 5 14/64 -- -- -- -- 5 4 46/64 4 61/64 Max Pin Length 3 9/16
5 1/
1/8
8 4 46
46/6
/64
4 5 5/
5/64
64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter 4 9/64
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
2-3/8 SL H90 1 1/4 3 20/64 3 36/64 -- -- -- -- 3 1/4 3 7/64 3 13/64 Max Pin Length 2 7/8
3 3/
3/8
8 3 7/
7/64
64 3 21
21/6
/64
4 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter 2 53/64
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
2-7/8 SL H90 1 1/2 3 60/64 4 15/64 -- -- -- -- 4 3 45/64 3 61/64 Max Pin Length 3
4 1/
1/8
8 3 45
45/6
/64
4 4 5/
5/64
64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
4 1/
1/4
4 3 45
45/6
/64
4 4 13
13/6
/64
4 Max C'Bore Diameter 3 19/64
4 3/
3/8
8 3 45
45/6
/64
4 4 14
14/6
/64
4 Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
3-1/2 SL H90 1 7/8 4 49/64 5 9/64 -- -- -- -- 4 3/4 4 28/64 4 45/64 Max Pin Length 3 1/4
-

2 4 48/64 5 7/64 -- -- -- -- 4 7/8 4 28/64 4 53/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16 -


-
`
,
,
`

5 4 2 8/
8/ 64
64 4 6 1/
1/ 64
64 Max C'Bore Diameter 3 15/16 ,
`
,
,
`
,

5 1/ 8 4 2 8/
8/ 64
64 5 Boreback Diameter N/A ,
`
-
`
-
,

5 1/ 4 4 2 8/
8/ 64
64 5 Pin Relief Diameter N/A `
,
,
,
`
`

Pin Relief Width N/A


`
`
`
`
,
,

Boreback Cylinder Length N/A


,
`
`
,
`
`
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
,
,
`
-
-

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 5, Bit Inspection Technical Standard

Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)
NOTES: Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
1. On BHA components 45° or use smallest bevel diameter s hown, whichever is smaller. The largest bevel diameter
components (other than bit boxes) with smaller ODs than listed, break corner 1/32" × 45°
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BS R 2 .2 5 - 2 .7 5 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID is the la rgest bevel diameter recommended for that connection. Depending on the mating component's dimensions and the API recommended makeup torque,
shown for a connection
ID
Connection
galling or nningNom ODoccur from
of the seal may ODmakeupOalone,
D ODmay require
which ODseal refacing.
OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
2. It was found that connections employing bevel diameter ranges from DS-1 First and Second Editions may experience seal stresses exceeding yield. This can occur in certain cases when
tools with small pin ODs and IDs are mated with tools having large box O Ds and are tightened to API makeup torque. To remedy this problem, bevel diameter ranges were calculated
to ensure that seal stress always falls between 40 and 100 percent of minimum yield stress at API makeup torque. The formulas and methodology for calculating these bevel diameters
are given in DS-1 Volume 3.
3. The acceptance criteria here
here are based on the need for a "low torque"
torque" face on connections with larger
larger diameters than those shown. For BSRs, see Table 3.7.4.3 of
of this volume.
4. The acceptance criteria here
here are based on the need for a "full face"
face" on connections with smaller diameters than those shown. For BSRs, see Table 3.7.4.3 of
of this volume.
5. This connection cannot meet the listed BSR with "full face"
face" dimensions.
6. The pin stress relief groove
groove width range in this table is based
based on the results of nite element analysis (FEA) and fatigue analysis performed by T H Hill Associates. See DS-1 Fifth Edition,
Volume 2 for more information on this analysi s. If boreback cylinder diameter is t he same as the ID of the component, then maximum boreback cylinder length requirement does not
apply.
7. Bevel diameter has been modied in order to avoid a conict with the acceptance criteria in Clause 6.2, API Specication 7-2, First Edition, Addendum 1. Connections may experience
a seal stress less than 40 percent of minimum yield stress when tools with large pin IDs are mated with tools having small box ODs and tightened to API makeup torque. Connection
may also experience seal stresses exceeding yield in certain cases when tools with small pin ODs and IDs are mated with tools having large box ODs and are tightened to API makeup
torque.
8. The specied BSR (Bending
(Bending Strength Ratio) range determines the acceptable minimum and maximum outside diameters for BHA components. The three BSR ranges (and their
corresponding diameters) are: Dril
Dr illl Col
Colla
larr OD
OD Reco
Recomm
mmen ende
ded
d BSR
BSR Ra
Rang
ngee
< 6 inches 1.8 - 2.5
6 - < 8 inches 2.25 - 2.75
≥ 8 inches 2.5 - 3.2
These ranges are based on the Recommended BSR Ranges and design constraints that have been been provided in DS-1 Fifth Edition, Volume 3. They are given
given here for the
the inspector's
convenience in the event that they apply to the inspection being conducted. If a BSR range other than one of these is specied, the inspector must refer to Table 3.7.4.3 of this volume
to determine minimum and maximum acceptable outside diameters. If no BSR range is specied, the inspector should check with the person ordering the inspection to determine the
BSR range he or she desires. The compliance of acceptable Drill Collar OD ranges with the design constraints has been explained in the following example:

The Outside Diameter Range has been calculated for recommended BSR ranges based on the formulas and methodology provided in DS-1 Fifth Edition, Volume 3.

Calculated Outside Diameter Range (Volume 3) The recommended BSR range of 1.8 - 2.5 is based on Design Constraint that Drill Collar
OD < 6". Therefore maximum acceptable
acceptable OD is restricted to 5 63/64".
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2
ID The recommended BSR range of 2.25 - 2.75 is based on Design Constraint that Drill Col-
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD lar OD is between 6" and 7-7/8". Therefore minimum acceptable OD is restricted to 6".
Nom.
Min M ax Min Max Min Max
The recommended BSR range of 2.5 - 3.2 is based on Design Constraint that Drill Collar
NC44 2 1/4 5 35/64 6 5 54/64 6 10/64 6 6 27/64 OD ≥ 8". Therefore, there is no acceptable OD range.

Therefore, the Acceptable Outside Diameter Range is given below:


Acceptable Outside Diameter Range
(Volume 3)
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD
1 Nom.
2 Min Max Min Max Min Max
3
NC44 2 1/4 5 35/64 5 63/64 6 6 10/64 -- --
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL Licensee=NOV - 07 - All Other NOV Locations/5909681242, User=Montero Perez, Javi
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 10/27/2020 09:17:06 MDT

1
2 T H HILL ASSOCIATES (A BUREAU VERITAS COMPANY)
4

Table
Table 3.7.4.1 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria
(All dimensions in inches)

Table 3.7.4.2
Acceptable BitDiameter
Outside Bevel Diameter
Range 8 Ranges for API Reg Connections
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.7 5 (AllBdimensions
SR 2.5 - 3.2in inches)
OD Bevel Diameter
Connection ID
Nom OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
Bevel Diameter
Connection
Minimum Maximum

2-3/8 REG 3 1/16 3 3/32

2-7/8 REG 3 5/8 3 21/32

3-1/2 REG 4 1/8 4 5/32

4-1/2 REG 5 11/32 5 3/8

6-5/8 REG 7 3/8 7 13/32

7-5/8 REG 8 31/64 8 33/64

8-5/8 REG 9 9/16 9 19/32

-
-
-
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
`
,
,
`
-
`
-
,
`
,
,
,
`
`
`
`
`
`
,
,
,
`
`
,
`
`
`
,
,
`
,
`
,
,
,
,
`
-
-

You might also like